Scripture · Sanskrit Bible with the King James Version · the Pāli Canon

Search Scripture Search

Monks’ Rules Analysis 131 भिक्खुविभङ्ग 131

Chapter: 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221

2. Dutiyapārājikasikkhāpada

Pāli in Devanagari; under each word its Roman pronunciation, syllable by syllable (ṃ = nasal hum). Tap a Pāli word for its meaning (PTS Pāli-English Dictionary); tap again to open it in the Pāli dictionary.

Verse: 12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940414243444546474849505152535455565758596061626364656667686970717273747576777879808182838485868788899091929394959697989910010110210310410510610710810911011111211311411511611711811912012112212312412512612712812913013113213313413513613713813914014114214314414514614714814915015115215315415515615715815916016116216316416516616716816917017117217317417517617717817918018118218318418518618718818919019119219319419519619719819920020120220320420520620720820921021121221321421521621721821922022122222322422522622722822923023123223323423523623723823924024124224324424524624724824925025125225325425525625725825926026126226326426526626726826927027127227327427527627727827928028128228328428528628728828929029129229329429529629729829930030130230330430530630730830931031131231331431531631731831932032132232332432532632732832933033133233333433533633733833934034134234334434534634734834935035135235335435535635735835936036136236336436536636736836937037137237337437537637737837938038138238338438538638738838939039139239339439539639739839940040140240340440540640740840941041141241341441541641741841942042142242342442542642742842943043143243343443543643743843944044144244344444544644744844945045145245345445545645745845946046146246346446546646746846947047147247347447547647747847948048148248348448548648748848949049149249349449549649749849950050150250350450550650750850951051151251351451551651751851952052152252352452552652752852953053153253353453553653753853954054154254354454554654754854955055155255355455555655755855956056156256356456556656756856957057157257357457557657757857958058158258358458558658758858959059159259359459559659759859960060160260360460560660760860961061161261361461561661761861962062162262362462562662762862963063163263363463563663763863964064164264364464564664764864965065165265365465565665765865966066166266366466566666766866967067167267367467567667767867968068168268368468568668768868969069169269369469569669769869970070170270370470570670770870971071171271371471571671771871972072172272372472572672772872973073173273373473573673773873974074174274374474574674774874975075175275375475575675775875976076176276376476576676776876977077177277377477577677777877978078178278378478578678778878979079179279379479579679779879980080180280380480580680780880981081181281381481581681781881982082182282382482582682782882983083183283383483583683783883984084184284384484584684784884985085185285385485585685785885986086186286386486586686786886987087187287387487587687787887988088188288388488588688788888989089189289389489589689789889990090190290390490590690790890991091191291391491591691791891992092192292392492592692792892993093193293393493593693793893994094194294394494594694794894995095195295395495595695795895996096196296396496596696796896997097197297397497597697797897998098198298398498598698798898999099199299399499599699799899910001001100210031004100510061007100810091010101110121013101410151016101710181019102010211022102310241025102610271028102910301031103210331034103510361037103810391040104110421043104410451046104710481049105010511052105310541055105610571058105910601061106210631064106510661067106810691070107110721073107410751076107710781079108010811082108310841085108610871088108910901091109210931094109510961097109810991100110111021103110411051106110711081109111011111112111311141115111611171118111911201121112211231124112511261127112811291130113111321133113411351136113711381139114011411142114311441145114611471148114911501151115211531154115511561157115811591160116111621163116411651166116711681169117011711172117311741175117611771178117911801181118211831184118511861187118811891190119111921193119411951196119711981199120012011202120312041205120612071208120912101211121212131214121512161217121812191220122112221223122412251226122712281229123012311232123312341235123612371238123912401241124212431244124512461247124812491250 · Hide pronunciation

1. 1

   थेरवादthe·ra·vā·da विनयvi·na·ya

   Theravāda Vinaya

   Theravāda Collection on Monastic Law

2. 2

   महाविभङ्गma·hā·vi·bhaṅ·ga

   Mahāvibhaṅga

   The Great Analysis

3. 3

   पाराजिककण्डpā·rā·ji·ka·kaṇ·ḍa

   Pārājikakaṇḍa

   The chapter on offenses entailing expulsion

4. 4

   2। दुतियपाराजिकसिक्खापदdu·ti·ya·pā·rā·ji·ka·sik·khā·pa·da

   2. Dutiyapārājikasikkhāpada

   The training rule on stealing

5. 5

   Origin story

6. 6

   First substory

7. 7

   तेनte·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na बुद्धोbud·dho भगवाbha·ga·vā राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti गिज्झकूटेgij·jha·kū·ṭe पब्बते।pab·ba·te

   Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.

   At one time the Buddha was staying on the Vulture Peak at Rājagaha.

8. 8

   तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā सन्दिट्ठाsan·diṭ·ṭhā सम्भत्ताsam·bhat·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū इसिगिलिपस्सेi·si·gi·li·pas·se तिणकुटियोti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·yo करित्वाka·rit·vā वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छिंसु।u·pa·gac·chiṃ·su

   Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū isigilipasse tiṇakuṭiyo karitvā vassaṁ upagacchiṁsu.

   At that time a number of monks who were friends had made grass huts on the slope of Mount Isigili and had entered the rainy-season residence there.

9. 9

   आयस्मापिā·yas·mā·pi धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to तिणकुटिकंti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·kaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छि।u·pa·gac·chi

   Āyasmāpi dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tiṇakuṭikaṁ karitvā vassaṁ upagacchi.

   Among them was Venerable Dhaniya the potter.

10. 10

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū वस्संवुट्ठाvas·saṃ·vuṭ·ṭhā तेमासच्चयेनte·mā·sac·ca·ye·na तिणकुटियोti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·yo भिन्दित्वाbhin·dit·vā तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca पटिसामेत्वाpa·ṭi·sā·met·vā जनपदचारिकंja·na·pa·da·cā·ri·kaṃ पक्कमिंसु।pak·ka·miṃ·su

    Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṁvuṭṭhā temāsaccayena tiṇakuṭiyo bhinditvā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca paṭisāmetvā janapadacārikaṁ pakkamiṁsu.

    When the three months were over and they had completed the rainy-season residence, the monks demolished their grass huts, put away the grass and sticks, and left to wander the country.

11. 11

    आयस्माā·yas·mā पनpa·na धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to तत्थेवtat·the·va वस्संvas·saṃ वसि,va·si तत्थtat·tha हेमन्तं,he·man·taṃ तत्थtat·tha गिम्हं।gim·haṃ

    Āyasmā pana dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tattheva vassaṁ vasi, tattha hemantaṁ, tattha gimhaṁ.

    But Venerable Dhaniya spent the winter and the summer right there.

12. 12

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to धनियस्सdha·ni·yas·sa कुम्भकारपुत्तस्सkum·bha·kā·ra·put·tas·sa गामंgā·maṃ पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पविट्ठस्सpa·viṭ·ṭhas·sa तिणहारियोti·ṇa·hā·ri·yo कट्ठहारियोkaṭ·ṭha·hā·ri·yo तिणकुटिकंti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·kaṃ भिन्दित्वाbhin·dit·vā तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

    Atha kho āyasmato dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa gāmaṁ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṁ bhinditvā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca ādāya agamaṁsu.

    Then, on one occasion, while Dhaniya was in the village to collect almsfood, some women gathering grass and firewood demolished his grass hut and took away the grass and sticks.

13. 13

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca सङ्कड्ढित्वाsaṅ·kaḍ·ḍhit·vā तिणकुटिकंti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·kaṃ अकासि।a·kā·si

    Dutiyampi kho āyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca saṅkaḍḍhitvā tiṇakuṭikaṁ akāsi.

    A second time Dhaniya collected grass and sticks and made a grass hut,

14. 14

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi खोkho आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to धनियस्सdha·ni·yas·sa कुम्भकारपुत्तस्सkum·bha·kā·ra·put·tas·sa गामंgā·maṃ पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पविट्ठस्सpa·viṭ·ṭhas·sa तिणहारियोti·ṇa·hā·ri·yo कट्ठहारियोkaṭ·ṭha·hā·ri·yo तिणकुटिकंti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·kaṃ भिन्दित्वाbhin·dit·vā तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

    Dutiyampi kho āyasmato dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa gāmaṁ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṁ bhinditvā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca ādāya agamaṁsu.

    and again the hut was demolished in the same way.

15. 15

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca सङ्कड्ढित्वाsaṅ·kaḍ·ḍhit·vā तिणकुटिकंti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·kaṃ अकासि।a·kā·si

    Tatiyampi kho āyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca saṅkaḍḍhitvā tiṇakuṭikaṁ akāsi.

    The same thing happened a third time.

16. 16

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi खोkho आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to धनियस्सdha·ni·yas·sa कुम्भकारपुत्तस्सkum·bha·kā·ra·put·tas·sa गामंgā·maṃ पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पविट्ठस्सpa·viṭ·ṭhas·sa तिणहारियोti·ṇa·hā·ri·yo कट्ठहारियोkaṭ·ṭha·hā·ri·yo तिणकुटिकंti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·kaṃ भिन्दित्वाbhin·dit·vā तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

    Tatiyampi kho āyasmato dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa gāmaṁ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṁ bhinditvā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca ādāya agamaṁsu.

    (Pāli only)

17. 17

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to धनियस्सdha·ni·yas·sa कुम्भकारपुत्तस्सkum·bha·kā·ra·put·tas·sa एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

    Atha kho āyasmato dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa etadahosi—

    Dhaniya thought,

18. 18

    “यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ खोkho मेme गामंgā·maṃ पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पविट्ठस्सpa·viṭ·ṭhas·sa तिणहारियोti·ṇa·hā·ri·yo कट्ठहारियोkaṭ·ṭha·hā·ri·yo तिणकुटिकंti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·kaṃ भिन्दित्वाbhin·dit·vā तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

    “yāvatatiyakaṁ kho me gāmaṁ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṁ bhinditvā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca ādāya agamaṁsu.

    “Three times this has happened.

19. 19

    अहंa·haṃ खोkho पनpa·na सुसिक्खितोsu·sik·khi·to अनवयोa·na·va·yo सकेsa·ke आचरियकेā·ca·ri·ya·ke कुम्भकारकम्मेkum·bha·kā·ra·kam·me परियोदातसिप्पो।pa·ri·yo·dā·ta·sip·po

    Ahaṁ kho pana susikkhito anavayo sake ācariyake kumbhakārakamme pariyodātasippo.

    But I’m well-trained and experienced in my own craft of pottery.

20. 20

    यन्नूनाहंyan·nū·nā·haṃ सामंsā·maṃ चिक्खल्लंcik·khal·laṃ मद्दित्वाmad·dit·vā सब्बमत्तिकामयंsab·ba·mat·ti·kā·ma·yaṃ कुटिकंku·ṭi·kaṃ करेय्यन्”ति।ka·rey·yan

    Yannūnāhaṁ sāmaṁ cikkhallaṁ madditvā sabbamattikāmayaṁ kuṭikaṁ kareyyan”ti.

    Why don’t I knead mud myself and make a hut entirely of clay?”

21. 21

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to सामंsā·maṃ चिक्खल्लंcik·khal·laṃ मद्दित्वाmad·dit·vā सब्बमत्तिकामयंsab·ba·mat·ti·kā·ma·yaṃ कुटिकंku·ṭi·kaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca गोमयञ्चgo·ma·yañ·ca सङ्कड्ढित्वाsaṅ·kaḍ·ḍhit·vā तंtaṃ कुटिकंku·ṭi·kaṃ पचि।pa·ci

    Atha kho āyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto sāmaṁ cikkhallaṁ madditvā sabbamattikāmayaṁ kuṭikaṁ karitvā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca gomayañca saṅkaḍḍhitvā taṁ kuṭikaṁ paci.

    And he did just that. He then collected grass, sticks, and cow-dung, and he baked his hut.

22. 22

    साsā अहोसिa·ho·si कुटिकाku·ṭi·kā अभिरूपाa·bhi·rū·pā दस्सनीयाdas·sa·nī·yā पासादिकाpā·sā·di·kā लोहितिका,lo·hi·ti·kā सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi इन्दगोपको।in·da·go·pa·ko

    Sā ahosi kuṭikā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā lohitikā, seyyathāpi indagopako.

    It was a pretty and attractive little hut, red in color like a scarlet rain-mite.

23. 23

    सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi नामnā·ma किङ्कणिकसद्दो;kiṅ·ka·ṇi·ka·sad·do एवमेवंe·va·me·vaṃ तस्साtas·sā कुटिकायku·ṭi·kā·ya सद्दोsad·do अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Seyyathāpi nāma kiṅkaṇikasaddo; evamevaṁ tassā kuṭikāya saddo ahosi.

    And when struck, it sounded just like a bell.

24. 24

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā सम्बहुलेहिsam·ba·hu·le·hi भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्तोo·ro·han·to अद्दसad·da·sa तंtaṃ कुटिकंku·ṭi·kaṃ अभिरूपंa·bhi·rū·paṃ दस्सनीयंdas·sa·nī·yaṃ पासादिकंpā·sā·di·kaṃ लोहितिकं।lo·hi·ti·kaṃ

    Atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasa taṁ kuṭikaṁ abhirūpaṁ dassanīyaṁ pāsādikaṁ lohitikaṁ.

    Soon afterwards the Buddha was descending from the Vulture Peak with a number of monks when he saw that hut.

25. 25

    दिस्वानdis·vā·na भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi—

    He said to the monks,

26. 26

    “किंkiṃ एतं,e·taṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अभिरूपंa·bhi·rū·paṃ दस्सनीयंdas·sa·nī·yaṃ पासादिकंpā·sā·di·kaṃ लोहितिकं,lo·hi·ti·kaṃ सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi इन्दगोपको”ति?in·da·go·pa·ko

    “kiṁ etaṁ, bhikkhave, abhirūpaṁ dassanīyaṁ pāsādikaṁ lohitikaṁ, seyyathāpi indagopako”ti?

    “What’s this pretty and attractive thing that’s red in color like a scarlet rain-mite?”

27. 27

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    The monks told the Buddha,

28. 28

    विगरहिvi·ga·ra·hi बुद्धोbud·dho भगवा—bha·ga·vā

    Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—

    who then rebuked Dhaniya:

29. 29

    “अननुच्छविकं,a·na·nuc·cha·vi·kaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve तस्सtas·sa मोघपुरिसस्सmo·gha·pu·ri·sas·sa अननुलोमिकंa·na·nu·lo·mi·kaṃ अप्पतिरूपंap·pa·ti·rū·paṃ अस्सामणकंas·sā·ma·ṇa·kaṃ अकप्पियंa·kap·pi·yaṃ अकरणीयं।a·ka·ra·ṇī·yaṃ

    “ananucchavikaṁ, bhikkhave, tassa moghapurisassa ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

    “It’s not suitable for that foolish man, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done.

30. 30

    कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma सो,so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोघपुरिसोmo·gha·pu·ri·so सब्बमत्तिकामयंsab·ba·mat·ti·kā·ma·yaṃ कुटिकंku·ṭi·kaṃ करिस्सति।ka·ris·sa·ti

    Kathañhi nāma so, bhikkhave, moghapuriso sabbamattikāmayaṁ kuṭikaṁ karissati.

    How could he make a hut entirely of clay?

31. 31

    नna हिhi नाम,nā·ma भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve तस्सtas·sa मोघपुरिसस्सmo·gha·pu·ri·sas·sa पाणेसुpā·ṇe·su अनुद्दयाa·nud·da·yā अनुकम्पाa·nu·kam·pā अविहेसाa·vi·he·sā भविस्सति।bha·vis·sa·ti

    Na hi nāma, bhikkhave, tassa moghapurisassa pāṇesu anuddayā anukampā avihesā bhavissati.

    Doesn’t he have any consideration, compassion, and mercy for living beings?

32. 32

    गच्छथेतं,gac·cha·the·taṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve कुटिकंku·ṭi·kaṃ भिन्दथ।bhin·da·tha

    Gacchathetaṁ, bhikkhave, kuṭikaṁ bhindatha.

    Go, monks, and demolish this hut,

33. 33

    माmā पच्छिमाpac·chi·mā जनताja·na·tā पाणेसुpā·ṇe·su पातब्यतंpā·tab·ya·taṃ आपज्जि।ā·paj·ji

    Mā pacchimā janatā pāṇesu pātabyataṁ āpajji.

    so that future generations don’t follow his example.

34. 34

    नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सब्बमत्तिकामयाsab·ba·mat·ti·kā·ma·yā कुटिकाku·ṭi·kā कातब्बा।kā·tab·bā

    Na ca, bhikkhave, sabbamattikāmayā kuṭikā kātabbā.

    And, monks, you shouldn’t make a hut entirely of clay.

35. 35

    योyo करेय्य,ka·rey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

36. 36

    “एवं,e·vaṃ भन्ते”ति,bhan·te खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to पटिस्सुणित्वाpa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā येनye·na साsā कुटिकाku·ṭi·kā तेनुपसङ्कमिंसु;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·miṃ·su उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā तंtaṃ कुटिकंku·ṭi·kaṃ भिन्दिंसु।bhin·diṃ·su

    “Evaṁ, bhante”ti, kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā yena sā kuṭikā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā taṁ kuṭikaṁ bhindiṁsu.

    Saying, “Yes, sir,” they went to demolish it.

37. 37

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho āyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto te bhikkhū etadavoca—

    And Dhaniya said to them,

38. 38

    “किस्सkis·sa मेme तुम्हे,tum·he आवुसो,ā·vu·so कुटिकंku·ṭi·kaṃ भिन्दथा”ति?bhin·da·thā

    “kissa me tumhe, āvuso, kuṭikaṁ bhindathā”ti?

    “Why are you demolishing my hut?”

39. 39

    “भगवा,bha·ga·vā आवुसो,ā·vu·so भेदापेती”ति।bhe·dā·pe·tī

    “Bhagavā, āvuso, bhedāpetī”ti.

    “The Buddha has asked us to.”

40. 40

    “भिन्दथावुसो,bhin·da·thā·vu·so सचेsa·ce धम्मस्सामीdham·mas·sā·mī भेदापेती”ति।bhe·dā·pe·tī

    “Bhindathāvuso, sace dhammassāmī bhedāpetī”ti.

    “Demolish it then, if the Lord of the Truth has said so.”

41. 41

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to धनियस्सdha·ni·yas·sa कुम्भकारपुत्तस्सkum·bha·kā·ra·put·tas·sa एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

    Atha kho āyasmato dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa etadahosi—

    Dhaniya thought,

42. 42

    “यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ खोkho मेme गामंgā·maṃ पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पविट्ठस्सpa·viṭ·ṭhas·sa तिणहारियोti·ṇa·hā·ri·yo कट्ठहारियोkaṭ·ṭha·hā·ri·yo तिणकुटिकंti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·kaṃ भिन्दित्वाbhin·dit·vā तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

    “yāvatatiyakaṁ kho me gāmaṁ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṁ bhinditvā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca ādāya agamaṁsu.

    “Three times, while I was in the village to collect almsfood, women gathering grass and firewood demolished my hut and took away the grass and sticks.

43. 43

    यापिyā·pi मयाma·yā सब्बमत्तिकामयाsab·ba·mat·ti·kā·ma·yā कुटिकाku·ṭi·kā कताka·tā सापिsā·pi भगवताbha·ga·va·tā भेदापिता।bhe·dā·pi·tā

    Yāpi mayā sabbamattikāmayā kuṭikā katā sāpi bhagavatā bhedāpitā.

    And now my hut made entirely of clay has been demolished at the Buddha’s request.

44. 44

    अत्थिat·thi चca मेme दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकोga·ṇa·ko सन्दिट्ठो।san·diṭ·ṭho

    Atthi ca me dārugahe gaṇako sandiṭṭho.

    Now, the caretaker of the woodyard is a friend of mine.

45. 45

    यन्नूनाहंyan·nū·nā·haṃ दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकंga·ṇa·kaṃ दारूनिdā·rū·ni याचित्वाyā·cit·vā दारुकुटिकंdā·ru·ku·ṭi·kaṃ करेय्यन्”ति।ka·rey·yan

    Yannūnāhaṁ dārugahe gaṇakaṁ dārūni yācitvā dārukuṭikaṁ kareyyan”ti.

    Why don’t I ask him for timber and make a hut out of that?”

46. 46

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to येनye·na दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकोga·ṇa·ko तेनुपसङ्कमि;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकंga·ṇa·kaṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho āyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto yena dārugahe gaṇako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā dārugahe gaṇakaṁ etadavoca—

    Dhaniya then went to the caretaker of the woodyard and told him what had happened,

47. 47

    “यावततियकंyā·va·ta·ti·ya·kaṃ खोkho मे,me आवुसो,ā·vu·so गामंgā·maṃ पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पविट्ठस्सpa·viṭ·ṭhas·sa तिणहारियोti·ṇa·hā·ri·yo कट्ठहारियोkaṭ·ṭha·hā·ri·yo तिणकुटिकंti·ṇa·ku·ṭi·kaṃ भिन्दित्वाbhin·dit·vā तिणञ्चti·ṇañ·ca कट्ठञ्चkaṭ·ṭhañ·ca आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

    “yāvatatiyakaṁ kho me, āvuso, gāmaṁ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṁ bhinditvā tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca ādāya agamaṁsu.

    (Pāli only)

48. 48

    यापिyā·pi मयाma·yā सब्बमत्तिकामयाsab·ba·mat·ti·kā·ma·yā कुटिकाku·ṭi·kā कताka·tā सापिsā·pi भगवताbha·ga·va·tā भेदापिता।bhe·dā·pi·tā

    Yāpi mayā sabbamattikāmayā kuṭikā katā sāpi bhagavatā bhedāpitā.

    (Pāli only)

49. 49

    देहिde·hi मे,me आवुसो,ā·vu·so दारूनि।dā·rū·ni

    Dehi me, āvuso, dārūni.

    adding, “Please give me some timber,

50. 50

    इच्छामिic·chā·mi दारुकुटिकंdā·ru·ku·ṭi·kaṃ कातुन्”ति।kā·tun

    Icchāmi dārukuṭikaṁ kātun”ti.

    I want to make a wooden hut.”

51. 51

    “नत्थि,nat·thi भन्ते,bhan·te तादिसानिtā·di·sā·ni दारूनिdā·rū·ni यानाहंyā·nā·haṃ अय्यस्सay·yas·sa ददेय्यं।da·dey·yaṃ

    “Natthi, bhante, tādisāni dārūni yānāhaṁ ayyassa dadeyyaṁ.

    “There’s no timber, sir, that I could give you.

52. 52

    अत्थि,at·thi भन्ते,bhan·te देवगहदारूनिde·va·ga·ha·dā·rū·ni नगरपटिसङ्खारिकानिna·ga·ra·pa·ṭi·saṅ·khā·ri·kā·ni आपदत्थायā·pa·dat·thā·ya निक्खित्तानि।nik·khit·tā·ni

    Atthi, bhante, devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṅkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni.

    This timber is held by the king. It’s meant for repairs of the town and put aside in case of an emergency.

53. 53

    सचेsa·ce तानिtā·ni दारूनिdā·rū·ni राजाrā·jā दापेतिdā·pe·ti हरापेथ,ha·rā·pe·tha भन्ते”ति।bhan·te

    Sace tāni dārūni rājā dāpeti harāpetha, bhante”ti.

    You can only have it if the king gives it away.”

54. 54

    “दिन्नानि,din·nā·ni आवुसो,ā·vu·so रञ्ञा”ति।rañ·ñā

    “Dinnāni, āvuso, raññā”ti.

    “Actually, it’s been given by the king.”

55. 55

    अथa·tha खोkho दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकस्सga·ṇa·kas·sa एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

    Atha kho dārugahe gaṇakassa etadahosi—

    The caretaker of the woodyard thought,

56. 56

    “इमेi·me खोkho समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियाsak·ya·put·ti·yā धम्मचारिनोdham·ma·cā·ri·no समचारिनोsa·ma·cā·ri·no ब्रह्मचारिनोbrah·ma·cā·ri·no सच्चवादिनोsac·ca·vā·di·no सीलवन्तोsī·la·van·to कल्याणधम्मा।kal·yā·ṇa·dham·mā

    “ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā.

    “These Sakyan monastics have integrity. They are celibate and their conduct is good, and they are truthful, moral, and have a good character.

57. 57

    राजापिमेसंrā·jā·pi·me·saṃ अभिप्पसन्नो।a·bhip·pa·san·no

    Rājāpimesaṁ abhippasanno.

    Even the king has faith in them.

58. 58

    नारहतिnā·ra·ha·ti अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ दिन्नन्तिdin·nan·ti वत्तुन्”ति।vat·tun

    Nārahati adinnaṁ dinnanti vattun”ti.

    These venerables wouldn’t say something is given if it wasn’t.”

59. 59

    अथa·tha खोkho दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकोga·ṇa·ko आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ धनियंdha·ni·yaṃ कुम्भकारपुत्तंkum·bha·kā·ra·put·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho dārugahe gaṇako āyasmantaṁ dhaniyaṁ kumbhakāraputtaṁ etadavoca—

    And he said to Dhaniya,

60. 60

    “हरापेथ,ha·rā·pe·tha भन्ते”ति।bhan·te

    “harāpetha, bhante”ti.

    “You may take it, sir.”

61. 61

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to तानिtā·ni दारूनिdā·rū·ni खण्डाखण्डिकंkhaṇ·ḍā·khaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ छेदापेत्वाche·dā·pet·vā सकटेहिsa·ka·ṭe·hi निब्बाहापेत्वाnib·bā·hā·pet·vā दारुकुटिकंdā·ru·ku·ṭi·kaṃ अकासि।a·kā·si

    Atha kho āyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tāni dārūni khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṁ chedāpetvā sakaṭehi nibbāhāpetvā dārukuṭikaṁ akāsi.

    Dhaniya then had that timber cut into pieces, took it away on carts, and made a wooden hut.

62. 62

    अथa·tha खोkho वस्सकारोvas·sa·kā·ro ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo मगधमहामत्तोma·ga·dha·ma·hā·mat·to राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he कम्मन्तेkam·man·te अनुसञ्ञायमानोa·nu·sañ·ñā·ya·mā·no येनye·na दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकोga·ṇa·ko तेनुपसङ्कमि;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकंga·ṇa·kaṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rājagahe kammante anusaññāyamāno yena dārugahe gaṇako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā dārugahe gaṇakaṁ etadavoca—

    Soon afterwards the brahmin Vassakāra, the chief minister of Magadha, was inspecting the public works in Rājagaha when he went to the caretaker of the woodyard and said,

63. 63

    “यानिyā·ni तानि,tā·ni भणे,bha·ṇe

    “yāni tāni, bhaṇe,

    “What’s going on?

64. 64

    देवगहदारूनिde·va·ga·ha·dā·rū·ni नगरपटिसङ्खारिकानिna·ga·ra·pa·ṭi·saṅ·khā·ri·kā·ni आपदत्थायā·pa·dat·thā·ya निक्खित्तानिnik·khit·tā·ni कहंka·haṃ तानिtā·ni दारूनी”ति?dā·rū·nī

    devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṅkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni kahaṁ tāni dārūnī”ti?

    Where’s the timber held by the king that’s meant for repairs of the town and put aside in case of an emergency?”

65. 65

    “तानि,tā·ni सामि,sā·mi दारूनिdā·rū·ni देवेनde·ve·na अय्यस्सay·yas·sa धनियस्सdha·ni·yas·sa कुम्भकारपुत्तस्सkum·bha·kā·ra·put·tas·sa दिन्नानी”ति।din·nā·nī

    “Tāni, sāmi, dārūni devena ayyassa dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa dinnānī”ti.

    “The king has given it to Venerable Dhaniya.”

66. 66

    अथa·tha खोkho वस्सकारोvas·sa·kā·ro ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo मगधमहामत्तोma·ga·dha·ma·hā·mat·to अनत्तमनोa·nat·ta·ma·no अहोसि—a·ho·si

    Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto anattamano ahosi—

    Vassakāra was upset and thought,

67. 67

    “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma देवोde·vo देवगहदारूनिde·va·ga·ha·dā·rū·ni नगरपटिसङ्खारिकानिna·ga·ra·pa·ṭi·saṅ·khā·ri·kā·ni आपदत्थायā·pa·dat·thā·ya निक्खित्तानिnik·khit·tā·ni धनियस्सdha·ni·yas·sa कुम्भकारपुत्तस्सkum·bha·kā·ra·put·tas·sa दस्सती”ति।das·sa·tī

    “kathañhi nāma devo devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṅkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa dassatī”ti.

    “How could the king give away this timber to Dhaniya the potter?”

68. 68

    अथa·tha खोkho वस्सकारोvas·sa·kā·ro ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo मगधमहामत्तोma·ga·dha·ma·hā·mat·to येनye·na राजाrā·jā मागधोmā·ga·dho सेनियोse·ni·yo बिम्बिसारोbim·bi·sā·ro तेनुपसङ्कमि;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā राजानंrā·jā·naṃ मागधंmā·ga·dhaṃ सेनियंse·ni·yaṃ बिम्बिसारंbim·bi·sā·raṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṁ māgadhaṁ seniyaṁ bimbisāraṁ etadavoca—

    He then went to King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha and said,

69. 69

    “सच्चंsac·caṃ किरki·ra देवेनde·ve·na देवगहदारूनिde·va·ga·ha·dā·rū·ni नगरपटिसङ्खारिकानिna·ga·ra·pa·ṭi·saṅ·khā·ri·kā·ni आपदत्थायā·pa·dat·thā·ya निक्खित्तानिnik·khit·tā·ni धनियस्सdha·ni·yas·sa कुम्भकारपुत्तस्सkum·bha·kā·ra·put·tas·sa दिन्नानी”ति?din·nā·nī

    “saccaṁ kira devena devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṅkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa dinnānī”ti?

    “Is it true, sir, that you have given away to Dhaniya the potter the timber that was held for repairs of the town and put aside in case of an emergency?”

70. 70

    “कोko एवमाहा”ति?e·va·mā·hā

    “Ko evamāhā”ti?

    “Who said that?”

71. 71

    “दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणको,ga·ṇa·ko देवा”ति।de·vā

    “Dārugahe gaṇako, devā”ti.

    “The caretaker of the woodyard.”

72. 72

    “तेनte·na हि,hi ब्राह्मण,brāh·ma·ṇa दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकंga·ṇa·kaṃ आणापेही”ति।ā·ṇā·pe·hī

    “Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, dārugahe gaṇakaṁ āṇāpehī”ti.

    “Well then, brahmin, summon the caretaker of the woodyard.”

73. 73

    अथa·tha खोkho वस्सकारोvas·sa·kā·ro ब्राह्मणोbrāh·ma·ṇo मगधमहामत्तोma·ga·dha·ma·hā·mat·to दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकंga·ṇa·kaṃ बन्धंban·dhaṃ आणापेसि।ā·ṇā·pe·si

    Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto dārugahe gaṇakaṁ bandhaṁ āṇāpesi.

    And Vassakāra had the caretaker of the woodyard bound and taken by force.

74. 74

    अद्दसad·da·sa खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकंga·ṇa·kaṃ बन्धंban·dhaṃ निय्यमानं।niy·ya·mā·naṃ

    Addasa kho āyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto dārugahe gaṇakaṁ bandhaṁ niyyamānaṁ.

    Dhaniya saw this

75. 75

    दिस्वानdis·vā·na दारुगहेdā·ru·ga·he गणकंga·ṇa·kaṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Disvāna dārugahe gaṇakaṁ etadavoca—

    and said to him,

76. 76

    “किस्सkis·sa त्वं,tvaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so बन्धोban·dho निय्यासी”ति?niy·yā·sī

    “kissa tvaṁ, āvuso, bandho niyyāsī”ti?

    “Why is this happening to you?”

77. 77

    “तेसं,te·saṃ भन्ते,bhan·te दारूनंdā·rū·naṃ किच्चा”ति।kic·cā

    “Tesaṁ, bhante, dārūnaṁ kiccā”ti.

    “Because of the timber, sir.”

78. 78

    “गच्छावुसो,gac·chā·vu·so अहम्पिa·ham·pi आगच्छामी”ति।ā·gac·chā·mī

    “Gacchāvuso, ahampi āgacchāmī”ti.

    “Go then, and I’ll come too.”

79. 79

    “एय्यासि,ey·yā·si भन्ते,bhan·te पुराहंpu·rā·haṃ हञ्ञामी”ति।hañ·ñā·mī

    “Eyyāsi, bhante, purāhaṁ haññāmī”ti.

    “Please come before I’m done for.”

80. 80

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to येनye·na रञ्ञोrañ·ño मागधस्सmā·ga·dhas·sa सेनियस्सse·ni·yas·sa बिम्बिसारस्सbim·bi·sā·ras·sa निवेसनंni·ve·sa·naṃ तेनुपसङ्कमि;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā पञ्ञत्तेpañ·ñat·te आसनेā·sa·ne निसीदि।ni·sī·di

    Atha kho āyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto yena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.

    Dhaniya then went to King Bimbisāra’s house and sat down on the prepared seat.

81. 81

    अथa·tha खोkho राजाrā·jā मागधोmā·ga·dho सेनियोse·ni·yo बिम्बिसारोbim·bi·sā·ro येनायस्माye·nā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to तेनुपसङ्कमि;te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ धनियंdha·ni·yaṃ कुम्भकारपुत्तंkum·bha·kā·ra·put·taṃ अभिवादेत्वाa·bhi·vā·det·vā एकमन्तंe·ka·man·taṃ निसीदि।ni·sī·di

    Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yenāyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ dhaniyaṁ kumbhakāraputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.

    The king approached Dhaniya, bowed, sat down,

82. 82

    एकमन्तंe·ka·man·taṃ निसिन्नोni·sin·no खोkho राजाrā·jā मागधोmā·ga·dho सेनियोse·ni·yo बिम्बिसारोbim·bi·sā·ro आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ धनियंdha·ni·yaṃ कुम्भकारपुत्तंkum·bha·kā·ra·put·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro āyasmantaṁ dhaniyaṁ kumbhakāraputtaṁ etadavoca—

    and said,

83. 83

    “सच्चंsac·caṃ किरki·ra मया,ma·yā भन्ते,bhan·te देवगहदारूनिde·va·ga·ha·dā·rū·ni नगरपटिसङ्खारिकानिna·ga·ra·pa·ṭi·saṅ·khā·ri·kā·ni आपदत्थायā·pa·dat·thā·ya निक्खित्तानिnik·khit·tā·ni अय्यस्सay·yas·sa दिन्नानी”ति?din·nā·nī

    “saccaṁ kira mayā, bhante, devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṅkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni ayyassa dinnānī”ti?

    “Is it true, venerable, that I have given to you the timber held for repairs of the town and put aside in case of an emergency?”

84. 84

    “एवं,e·vaṃ महाराजा”ति।ma·hā·rā·jā

    “Evaṁ, mahārājā”ti.

    “Yes, great king.”

85. 85

    “मयंma·yaṃ खो,kho भन्ते,bhan·te राजानोrā·jā·no नामnā·ma बहुकिच्चाba·hu·kic·cā बहुकरणीया,ba·hu·ka·ra·ṇī·yā

    “Mayaṁ kho, bhante, rājāno nāma bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā,

    “We kings are very busy—

86. 86

    दत्वापिdat·vā·pi नna सरेय्याम;sa·rey·yā·ma

    datvāpi na sareyyāma;

    we may give and not remember.

87. 87

    इङ्घ,iṅ·gha भन्ते,bhan·te सरापेही”ति।sa·rā·pe·hī

    iṅgha, bhante, sarāpehī”ti.

    Please remind me.”

88. 88

    “सरसिsa·ra·si त्वं,tvaṃ महाराज,ma·hā·rā·ja पठमाभिसित्तोpa·ṭha·mā·bhi·sit·to एवरूपिंe·va·rū·piṃ वाचंvā·caṃ भासिता—bhā·si·tā

    “Sarasi tvaṁ, mahārāja, paṭhamābhisitto evarūpiṁ vācaṁ bhāsitā—

    “Do you remember, great king, when you were first anointed, speaking these words:

89. 89

    ‘दिन्नञ्ञेवdin·nañ·ñe·va समणब्राह्मणानंsa·ma·ṇab·rāh·ma·ṇā·naṃ तिणकट्ठोदकंti·ṇa·kaṭ·ṭho·da·kaṃ परिभुञ्जन्तू’”ति।pa·ri·bhuñ·jan·tū

    ‘dinnaññeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṁ paribhuñjantū’”ti.

    ‘I give the grass, sticks, and water for the monastics and brahmins to enjoy’?”

90. 90

    “सरामहं,sa·rā·ma·haṃ भन्ते।bhan·te

    “Sarāmahaṁ, bhante.

    “I remember.

91. 91

    सन्ति,san·ti भन्ते,bhan·te समणब्राह्मणाsa·ma·ṇab·rāh·ma·ṇā लज्जिनोlaj·ji·no कुक्कुच्चकाkuk·kuc·ca·kā सिक्खाकामा।sik·khā·kā·mā

    Santi, bhante, samaṇabrāhmaṇā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā.

    There are monastics and brahmins who have a sense of conscience, who are afraid of wrongdoing and fond of the training.

92. 92

    तेसंte·saṃ अप्पमत्तकेपिap·pa·mat·ta·ke·pi कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ उप्पज्जति।up·paj·ja·ti

    Tesaṁ appamattakepi kukkuccaṁ uppajjati.

    They are afraid of wrongdoing even in regard to small matters.

93. 93

    तेसंte·saṃ मयाma·yā सन्धायsan·dhā·ya भासितं,bhā·si·taṃ तञ्चtañ·ca खोkho अरञ्ञेa·rañ·ñe अपरिग्गहितं।a·pa·rig·ga·hi·taṃ

    Tesaṁ mayā sandhāya bhāsitaṁ, tañca kho araññe apariggahitaṁ.

    When I spoke, I was referring to them, and it concerned what’s ownerless in the wilderness.

94. 94

    सोso त्वं,tvaṃ भन्ते,bhan·te तेनte·na लेसेनle·se·na दारूनिdā·rū·ni अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ हरितुंha·ri·tuṃ मञ्ञसि।mañ·ña·si

    So tvaṁ, bhante, tena lesena dārūni adinnaṁ harituṁ maññasi.

    Yet you imagine that you can take timber not given to you by means of this pretext?

95. 95

    कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma मादिसोmā·di·so समणंsa·ma·ṇaṃ वाvā ब्राह्मणंbrāh·ma·ṇaṃ वाvā विजितेvi·ji·te वसन्तंva·san·taṃ हनेय्यha·ney·ya वाvā बन्धेय्यban·dhey·ya वाvā पब्बाजेय्यpab·bā·jey·ya वा।vā

    Kathañhi nāma mādiso samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā vijite vasantaṁ haneyya vā bandheyya vā pabbājeyya vā.

    Even so, I cannot beat, imprison, or banish a monastic or brahmin living in my own kingdom.

96. 96

    गच्छ,gac·cha भन्ते,bhan·te लोमेनlo·me·na त्वंtvaṃ मुत्तोसि।mut·to·si

    Gaccha, bhante, lomena tvaṁ muttosi.

    Go, you’re free because of your status,

97. 97

    मास्सुmās·su पुनपिpu·na·pi एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ अकासी”ति।a·kā·sī

    Māssu punapi evarūpaṁ akāsī”ti.

    but don’t do such a thing again.”

98. 98

    मनुस्साma·nus·sā उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    But people complained and criticized him:

99. 99

    “अलज्जिनोa·laj·ji·no इमेi·me समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियाsak·ya·put·ti·yā दुस्सीलाdus·sī·lā मुसावादिनो।mu·sā·vā·di·no

    “alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino.

    “These Sakyan monastics are shameless and immoral liars.

100. 100

     इमेi·me हिhi नामnā·ma धम्मचारिनोdham·ma·cā·ri·no समचारिनोsa·ma·cā·ri·no ब्राह्मचारिनोbrāh·ma·cā·ri·no सच्चवादिनोsac·ca·vā·di·no सीलवन्तोsī·la·van·to कल्याणधम्माkal·yā·ṇa·dham·mā पटिजानिस्सन्ति।pa·ṭi·jā·nis·san·ti

     Ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brāhmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti.

     They claim to have integrity, to be celibate and of good conduct, to be truthful, moral, and good.

101. 101

     नत्थिnat·thi इमेसंi·me·saṃ सामञ्ञं,sā·mañ·ñaṃ नत्थिnat·thi इमेसंi·me·saṃ ब्रह्मञ्ञं।brah·mañ·ñaṃ

     Natthi imesaṁ sāmaññaṁ, natthi imesaṁ brahmaññaṁ.

     But they don’t have the good character of a monastic or a brahmin.

102. 102

     नट्ठंnaṭ·ṭhaṃ इमेसंi·me·saṃ सामञ्ञं,sā·mañ·ñaṃ नट्ठंnaṭ·ṭhaṃ इमेसंi·me·saṃ ब्रह्मञ्ञं।brah·mañ·ñaṃ

     Naṭṭhaṁ imesaṁ sāmaññaṁ, naṭṭhaṁ imesaṁ brahmaññaṁ.

     They’ve lost the plot!

103. 103

     कुतोku·to इमेसंi·me·saṃ सामञ्ञं,sā·mañ·ñaṃ कुतोku·to इमेसंi·me·saṃ ब्रह्मञ्ञं।brah·mañ·ñaṃ

     Kuto imesaṁ sāmaññaṁ, kuto imesaṁ brahmaññaṁ.

     (Pāli only)

104. 104

     अपगताa·pa·ga·tā इमेi·me सामञ्ञा,sā·mañ·ñā अपगताa·pa·ga·tā इमेi·me ब्रह्मञ्ञा।brah·mañ·ñā

     Apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brahmaññā.

     (Pāli only)

105. 105

     राजानम्पिrā·jā·nam·pi इमेi·me वञ्चेन्ति,vañ·cen·ti किंkiṃ पनञ्ञेpa·nañ·ñe मनुस्से”ति।ma·nus·se

     Rājānampi ime vañcenti, kiṁ panaññe manusse”ti.

     They even deceive the king, never mind other people.”

106. 106

     अस्सोसुंas·so·suṃ खोkho भिक्खूbhik·khū तेसंte·saṃ मनुस्सानंma·nus·sā·naṃ उज्झायन्तानंuj·jhā·yan·tā·naṃ खिय्यन्तानंkhiy·yan·tā·naṃ विपाचेन्तानं।vi·pā·cen·tā·naṃ

     Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.

     The monks heard the complaints of those people.

107. 107

     येye तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū अप्पिच्छाap·pic·chā सन्तुट्ठाsan·tuṭ·ṭhā लज्जिनोlaj·ji·no कुक्कुच्चकाkuk·kuc·ca·kā सिक्खाकामाsik·khā·kā·mā तेte उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

     Ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

     The monks of few desires, who had a sense of conscience, and who were contented, afraid of wrongdoing, and fond of the training, complained and criticized Venerable Dhaniya,

108. 108

     “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma आयस्माā·yas·mā धनियोdha·ni·yo कुम्भकारपुत्तोkum·bha·kā·ra·put·to रञ्ञोrañ·ño दारूनिdā·rū·ni अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियिस्सती”ति।ā·di·yis·sa·tī

     “kathañhi nāma āyasmā dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto rañño dārūni adinnaṁ ādiyissatī”ti.

     “How could he take the king’s timber without it being given to him?”

109. 109

     अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ धनियंdha·ni·yaṃ कुम्भकारपुत्तंkum·bha·kā·ra·put·taṃ अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na विगरहित्वाvi·ga·ra·hit·vā भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṁ dhaniyaṁ kumbhakāraputtaṁ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     After rebuking Dhaniya in many ways, they told the Buddha.

110. 110

     अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ निदानेni·dā·ne एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ पकरणेpa·ka·ra·ṇe भिक्खुसङ्घंbhik·khu·saṅ·ghaṃ सन्निपातापेत्वाsan·ni·pā·tā·pet·vā आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ धनियंdha·ni·yaṃ कुम्भकारपुत्तंkum·bha·kā·ra·put·taṃ पटिपुच्छि—pa·ṭi·puc·chi

     Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṁ dhaniyaṁ kumbhakāraputtaṁ paṭipucchi—

     The Buddha then had the Sangha of monks gathered and questioned Venerable Dhaniya:

111. 111

     “सच्चंsac·caṃ किरki·ra त्वं,tvaṃ धनिय,dha·ni·ya रञ्ञोrañ·ño दारूनिdā·rū·ni अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियी”ति?ā·di·yī

     “saccaṁ kira tvaṁ, dhaniya, rañño dārūni adinnaṁ ādiyī”ti?

     “Is it true, Dhaniya, that you did this?”

112. 112

     “सच्चं,sac·caṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

     “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

     “It’s true, sir.”

113. 113

     विगरहिvi·ga·ra·hi बुद्धोbud·dho भगवा—bha·ga·vā

     Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—

     The Buddha rebuked him,

114. 114

     “अननुच्छविकं,a·na·nuc·cha·vi·kaṃ मोघपुरिस,mo·gha·pu·ri·sa अननुलोमिकंa·na·nu·lo·mi·kaṃ अप्पतिरूपंap·pa·ti·rū·paṃ अस्सामणकंas·sā·ma·ṇa·kaṃ अकप्पियंa·kap·pi·yaṃ अकरणीयं।a·ka·ra·ṇī·yaṃ

     “ananucchavikaṁ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

     “Foolish man, it’s not suitable, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done.

115. 115

     कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma त्वं,tvaṃ मोघपुरिस,mo·gha·pu·ri·sa रञ्ञोrañ·ño दारूनिdā·rū·ni अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियिस्ससि।ā·di·yis·sa·si

     Kathañhi nāma tvaṁ, moghapurisa, rañño dārūni adinnaṁ ādiyissasi.

     How could you do this?

116. 116

     नेतं,ne·taṃ मोघपुरिस,mo·gha·pu·ri·sa अप्पसन्नानंap·pa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā पसादायpa·sā·dā·ya पसन्नानंpa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā भिय्योभावाय;bhiy·yo·bhā·vā·ya

     Netaṁ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya;

     This will affect people’s confidence

117. 117

     अथa·tha ख्वेतं,khve·taṃ मोघपुरिस,mo·gha·pu·ri·sa अप्पसन्नानञ्चेवap·pa·san·nā·nañ·ce·va अप्पसादायap·pa·sā·dā·ya पसन्नानञ्चpa·san·nā·nañ·ca एकच्चानंe·kac·cā·naṃ अञ्ञथत्ताया”ति।añ·ña·that·tā·yā

     atha khvetaṁ, moghapurisa, appasannānañceva appasādāya pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattāyā”ti.

     and cause some to lose it.”

118. 118

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro पुराणवोहारिकोpu·rā·ṇa·vo·hā·ri·ko महामत्तोma·hā·mat·to भिक्खूसुbhik·khū·su पब्बजितोpab·ba·ji·to भगवतोbha·ga·va·to अविदूरेa·vi·dū·re निसिन्नोni·sin·no होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇavohāriko mahāmatto bhikkhūsu pabbajito bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti.

     Just then a former judge who had gone forth with the monks was sitting near the Buddha.

119. 119

     अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

     Atha kho bhagavā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

     The Buddha said to him,

120. 120

     “कित्तकेनkit·ta·ke·na खो,kho भिक्खु,bhik·khu राजाrā·jā मागधोmā·ga·dho सेनियोse·ni·yo बिम्बिसारोbim·bi·sā·ro चोरंco·raṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā हनतिha·na·ti वाvā बन्धतिban·dha·ti वाvā पब्बाजेतिpab·bā·je·ti वा”ति?vā

     “kittakena kho, bhikkhu, rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro coraṁ gahetvā hanati vā bandhati vā pabbājeti vā”ti?

     “For stealing how much does King Bimbisāra beat, imprison, or banish a thief?”

121. 121

     “पादेनpā·de·na वा,vā भगवा,bha·ga·vā पादारहेनpā·dā·ra·he·na वा”ति।vā

     “Pādena vā, bhagavā, pādārahena vā”ti.

     “For stealing a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> coin, sir, or the value of a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>.”

122. 122

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he पञ्चमासकोpañ·ca·mā·sa·ko पादोpā·do होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe pañcamāsako pādo hoti.

     At that time in Rājagaha a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> coin was worth five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins.

123. 123

     अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ धनियंdha·ni·yaṃ कुम्भकारपुत्तंkum·bha·kā·ra·put·taṃ अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na विगरहित्वाvi·ga·ra·hit·vā दुब्भरतायdub·bha·ra·tā·ya …पे…pe

     Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ dhaniyaṁ kumbhakāraputtaṁ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya …pe…

     After rebuking Venerable Dhaniya in many ways, the Buddha spoke in dispraise of being difficult to support …

124. 124

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमंi·maṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ उद्दिसेय्याथ—ud·di·sey·yā·tha

     evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ uddiseyyātha—

     “And, monks, this training rule should be recited like this:

125. 125

     Preliminary ruling

126. 126

     “योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ थेय्यसङ्खातंthey·ya·saṅ·khā·taṃ आदियेय्य,ā·di·yey·ya

     “Yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyeyya,

     ‘If a monk, intending to steal, takes what has not been given to him—

127. 127

     यथारूपेya·thā·rū·pe अदिन्नादानेa·din·nā·dā·ne राजानोrā·jā·no चोरंco·raṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā हनेय्युंha·ney·yuṃ वाvā बन्धेय्युंban·dhey·yuṃ वाvā पब्बाजेय्युंpab·bā·jey·yuṃ वा—‘चोरोसिvā बालोसिbā·lo·si मूळ्होसिmū·ḷho·si थेनोसी’ति,the·no·sī तथारूपंta·thā·rū·paṃ भिक्खुbhik·khu अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियमानोā·di·ya·mā·no

     yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṁ gahetvā haneyyuṁ vā bandheyyuṁ vā pabbājeyyuṁ vā—‘corosi bālosi mūḷhosi thenosī’ti, tathārūpaṁ bhikkhu adinnaṁ ādiyamāno

     the sort of stealing for which kings, having caught a thief, would beat, imprison, or banish him, saying, “You’re a bandit, you’re a fool, you’ve gone astray, you’re a thief”—

128. 128

     अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो”ति।a·saṃ·vā·so

     ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso”ti.

     he too is expelled and excluded from the community.’”

129. 129

     एवञ्चिदंe·vañ·ci·daṃ भगवताbha·ga·va·tā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तंpañ·ñat·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     Evañcidaṁ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ hoti.

     In this way the Buddha laid down this training rule for the monks.

130. 130

     Second substory

131. 131

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū रजकत्थरणंra·ja·kat·tha·ra·ṇaṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā रजकभण्डिकंra·ja·ka·bhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ अवहरित्वाa·va·ha·rit·vā आरामंā·rā·maṃ हरित्वाha·rit·vā भाजेसुं।bhā·je·suṃ

     Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rajakattharaṇaṁ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṁ avaharitvā ārāmaṁ haritvā bhājesuṁ.

     At one time the monks from the group of six went to the dyers, stole their stock of cloth, brought it back to the monastery, and shared it out.

132. 132

     भिक्खूbhik·khū एवमाहंसु—e·va·mā·haṃ·su

     Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—

     The other monks said to them,

133. 133

     “महापुञ्ञत्थma·hā·puñ·ñat·tha तुम्हे,tum·he आवुसो।ā·vu·so

     “mahāpuññattha tumhe, āvuso.

     “You have great merit,

134. 134

     बहुंba·huṃ तुम्हाकंtum·hā·kaṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ उप्पन्नन्”ति।up·pan·nan

     Bahuṁ tumhākaṁ cīvaraṁ uppannan”ti.

     seeing that you’ve gotten so much robe-cloth.”

135. 135

     “कुतो,ku·to आवुसो,ā·vu·so अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ पुञ्ञं,puñ·ñaṃ

     “Kuto, āvuso, amhākaṁ puññaṁ,

     “How is it that we have merit?

136. 136

     इदानिi·dā·ni मयंma·yaṃ रजकत्थरणंra·ja·kat·tha·ra·ṇaṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā रजकभण्डिकंra·ja·ka·bhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ अवहरिम्हा”ति।a·va·ha·rim·hā

     idāni mayaṁ rajakattharaṇaṁ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṁ avaharimhā”ti.

     Just now we went to the dyers and stole their cloth.”

137. 137

     “ननु,na·nu आवुसो,ā·vu·so भगवताbha·ga·va·tā सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं।pañ·ñat·taṃ

     “Nanu, āvuso, bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ.

     “But hasn’t the Buddha laid down a training rule?

138. 138

     किस्सkis·sa तुम्हे,tum·he आवुसो,ā·vu·so रजकभण्डिकंra·ja·ka·bhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ अवहरित्था”ति?a·va·ha·rit·thā

     Kissa tumhe, āvuso, rajakabhaṇḍikaṁ avaharitthā”ti?

     Why then do you steal the dyers’ cloth?”

139. 139

     “सच्चं,sac·caṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so भगवताbha·ga·va·tā सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं।pañ·ñat·taṃ

     “Saccaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ.

     “It’s true that the Buddha has laid down a training rule,

140. 140

     तञ्चtañ·ca खोkho गामे,gā·me नोno अरञ्ञे”ति।a·rañ·ñe

     Tañca kho gāme, no araññe”ti.

     but it concerns inhabited areas, not the wilderness.”

141. 141

     “ननु,na·nu आवुसो,ā·vu·so तथेवेतंta·the·ve·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     “Nanu, āvuso, tathevetaṁ hoti.

     “But that’s just the same.

142. 142

     अननुच्छविकं,a·na·nuc·cha·vi·kaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so अननुलोमिकंa·na·nu·lo·mi·kaṃ अप्पतिरूपंap·pa·ti·rū·paṃ अस्सामणकंas·sā·ma·ṇa·kaṃ अकप्पियंa·kap·pi·yaṃ अकरणीयं।a·ka·ra·ṇī·yaṃ

     Ananucchavikaṁ, āvuso, ananulomikaṁ appatirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

     It’s not suitable, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done.

143. 143

     कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma तुम्हे,tum·he आवुसो,ā·vu·so रजकभण्डिकंra·ja·ka·bhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ अवहरिस्सथ।a·va·ha·ris·sa·tha

     Kathañhi nāma tumhe, āvuso, rajakabhaṇḍikaṁ avaharissatha.

     How could you steal the dyers’ cloth?

144. 144

     नेतं,ne·taṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so अप्पसन्नानंap·pa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā पसादायpa·sā·dā·ya पसन्नानंpa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā भिय्योभावाय;bhiy·yo·bhā·vā·ya

     Netaṁ, āvuso, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya;

     This will affect people’s confidence,

145. 145

     अथa·tha ख्वेतं,khve·taṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so अप्पसन्नानञ्चेवap·pa·san·nā·nañ·ce·va अप्पसादायap·pa·sā·dā·ya पसन्नानञ्चpa·san·nā·nañ·ca एकच्चानंe·kac·cā·naṃ अञ्ञथत्ताया”ति।añ·ña·that·tā·yā

     atha khvetaṁ, āvuso, appasannānañceva appasādāya pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattāyā”ti.

     and cause some to lose it.”

146. 146

     अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū छब्बग्गियेchab·bag·gi·ye भिक्खूbhik·khū अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na विगरहित्वाvi·ga·ra·hit·vā भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Atha kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     After rebuking those monks in many ways, they told the Buddha.

147. 147

     अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ निदानेni·dā·ne एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ पकरणेpa·ka·ra·ṇe भिक्खुसङ्घंbhik·khu·saṅ·ghaṃ सन्निपातापेत्वाsan·ni·pā·tā·pet·vā छब्बग्गियेchab·bag·gi·ye भिक्खूbhik·khū पटिपुच्छि—pa·ṭi·puc·chi

     Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi—

     The Buddha had the Sangha of monks gathered and questioned those monks:

148. 148

     “सच्चंsac·caṃ किरki·ra तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve रजकत्थरणंra·ja·kat·tha·ra·ṇaṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā रजकभण्डिकंra·ja·ka·bhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ अवहरित्था”ति?a·va·ha·rit·thā

     “saccaṁ kira tumhe, bhikkhave, rajakattharaṇaṁ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṁ avaharitthā”ti?

     “Is it true, monks, that you did this?”

149. 149

     “सच्चं,sac·caṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

     “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

     “It’s true, sir.”

150. 150

     विगरहिvi·ga·ra·hi बुद्धोbud·dho भगवा—bha·ga·vā

     Vigarahi buddho bhagavā—

     The Buddha rebuked them,

151. 151

     “अननुच्छविकं,a·na·nuc·cha·vi·kaṃ मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā अननुलोमिकंa·na·nu·lo·mi·kaṃ अप्पटिरूपंap·pa·ṭi·rū·paṃ अस्सामणकंas·sā·ma·ṇa·kaṃ अकप्पियंa·kap·pi·yaṃ अकरणीयं।a·ka·ra·ṇī·yaṃ

     “ananucchavikaṁ, moghapurisā, ananulomikaṁ appaṭirūpaṁ assāmaṇakaṁ akappiyaṁ akaraṇīyaṁ.

     “It’s not suitable, foolish men, it’s not proper, it’s not worthy of a monastic, it’s not allowable, it’s not to be done.

152. 152

     कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma तुम्हे,tum·he मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā रजकभण्डिकंra·ja·ka·bhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ अवहरिस्सथ।a·va·ha·ris·sa·tha

     Kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, rajakabhaṇḍikaṁ avaharissatha.

     How could you do this?

153. 153

     नेतं,ne·taṃ मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā अप्पसन्नानंap·pa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā पसादायpa·sā·dā·ya पसन्नानंpa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā भिय्योभावाय;bhiy·yo·bhā·vā·ya

     Netaṁ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya pasannānaṁ vā bhiyyobhāvāya;

     This will affect people’s confidence,

154. 154

     अथa·tha ख्वेतं,khve·taṃ मोघपुरिसा,mo·gha·pu·ri·sā अप्पसन्नानञ्चेवap·pa·san·nā·nañ·ce·va अप्पसादायap·pa·sā·dā·ya पसन्नानञ्चpa·san·nā·nañ·ca एकच्चानंe·kac·cā·naṃ अञ्ञथत्ताया”ति।añ·ña·that·tā·yā

     atha khvetaṁ, moghapurisā, appasannānañceva appasādāya pasannānañca ekaccānaṁ aññathattāyā”ti.

     and cause some to lose it.”

155. 155

     अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā छब्बग्गियेchab·bag·gi·ye भिक्खूbhik·khū अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na विगरहित्वाvi·ga·ra·hit·vā दुब्भरतायdub·bha·ra·tā·ya …पे…pe

     Atha kho bhagavā chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya …pe…

     Then, after rebuking the monks from the group of six in many ways, the Buddha spoke in dispraise of being difficult to support …

156. 156

     वीरियारम्भस्सvī·ri·yā·ram·bhas·sa वण्णंvaṇ·ṇaṃ भासित्वाbhā·sit·vā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ तदनुच्छविकंta·da·nuc·cha·vi·kaṃ तदनुलोमिकंta·da·nu·lo·mi·kaṃ धम्मिंdham·miṃ कथंka·thaṃ कत्वाkat·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसिā·man·te·si … पेpe

     vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṁ tadanucchavikaṁ tadanulomikaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi … pe

     but he spoke in praise of … being energetic. Having given a teaching on what is right and proper, he addressed the monks …

157. 157

     … एवञ्चe·vañ·ca पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमंi·maṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ उद्दिसेय्याथ—ud·di·sey·yā·tha

     … evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ uddiseyyātha—

     “And so, monks, this training rule should be recited like this:

158. 158

     Final ruling

159. 159

     “योyo पनpa·na भिक्खुbhik·khu गामाgā·mā वाvā अरञ्ञाa·rañ·ñā वाvā अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ थेय्यसङ्खातंthey·ya·saṅ·khā·taṃ आदियेय्य,ā·di·yey·ya

     “Yo pana bhikkhu gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyeyya,

     ‘If a monk, intending to steal, takes from an inhabited area or from the wilderness what has not been given to him—

160. 160

     यथारूपेya·thā·rū·pe अदिन्नादानेa·din·nā·dā·ne राजानोrā·jā·no चोरंco·raṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā हनेय्युंha·ney·yuṃ वाvā बन्धेय्युंban·dhey·yuṃ वाvā पब्बाजेय्युंpab·bā·jey·yuṃ वा—‘चोरोसिvā बालोसिbā·lo·si मूळ्होसिmū·ḷho·si थेनोसी’ति,the·no·sī तथारूपंta·thā·rū·paṃ भिक्खुbhik·khu अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियमानोā·di·ya·mā·no

     yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṁ gahetvā haneyyuṁ vā bandheyyuṁ vā pabbājeyyuṁ vā—‘corosi bālosi mūḷhosi thenosī’ti, tathārūpaṁ bhikkhu adinnaṁ ādiyamāno

     the sort of stealing for which kings, having caught a thief, would beat, imprison, or banish him, saying, “You’re a bandit, you’re a fool, you’ve gone astray, you’re a thief”—

161. 161

     अयम्पिa·yam·pi पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतिho·ti असंवासो”ति।a·saṃ·vā·so

     ayampi pārājiko hoti asaṁvāso”ti.

     he too is expelled and excluded from the community.’”

162. 162

     Definitions

163. 163

     योyo पनातिpa·nā·ti

     Yo panāti

     A:

164. 164

     योyo यादिसोyā·di·so …पे…pe

     yo yādiso …pe…

     whoever …

165. 165

     भिक्खूतिbhik·khū·ti

     bhikkhūti

     Monk:

166. 166

     …पे…pe अयंa·yaṃ इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ अत्थेat·the अधिप्पेतोa·dhip·pe·to भिक्खूति।bhik·khū·ti

     …pe… ayaṁ imasmiṁ atthe adhippeto bhikkhūti.

     … The monk who has been given the full ordination by a unanimous Sangha through a legal procedure consisting of one motion and three announcements that is irreversible and fit to stand—this sort of monk is meant in this case.

167. 167

     गामोgā·mo नामnā·ma

     Gāmo nāma

     An inhabited area:

168. 168

     एककुटिकोपिe·ka·ku·ṭi·ko·pi गामो,gā·mo द्विकुटिकोपिdvi·ku·ṭi·ko·pi गामो,gā·mo तिकुटिकोपिti·ku·ṭi·ko·pi गामो,gā·mo चतुकुटिकोपिca·tu·ku·ṭi·ko·pi गामो,gā·mo समनुस्सोपिsa·ma·nus·so·pi गामो,gā·mo अमनुस्सोपिa·ma·nus·so·pi गामो,gā·mo परिक्खित्तोपिpa·rik·khit·to·pi गामो,gā·mo अपरिक्खित्तोपिa·pa·rik·khit·to·pi गामो,gā·mo गोनिसादिनिविट्ठोपिgo·ni·sā·di·ni·viṭ·ṭho·pi गामो,gā·mo योपिyo·pi सत्थोsat·tho अतिरेकचतुमासनिविट्ठोa·ti·re·ka·ca·tu·mā·sa·ni·viṭ·ṭho सोपिso·pi वुच्चतिvuc·ca·ti गामो।gā·mo

     ekakuṭikopi gāmo, dvikuṭikopi gāmo, tikuṭikopi gāmo, catukuṭikopi gāmo, samanussopi gāmo, amanussopi gāmo, parikkhittopi gāmo, aparikkhittopi gāmo, gonisādiniviṭṭhopi gāmo, yopi sattho atirekacatumāsaniviṭṭho sopi vuccati gāmo.

     an inhabited area of one hut, an inhabited area of two huts, an inhabited area of three huts, an inhabited area of four huts, an inhabited area with people, an inhabited area without people, an enclosed inhabited area, an unenclosed inhabited area, a disorganized inhabited area, and even a caravan settled for more than four months is called “an inhabited area”.

169. 169

     गामूपचारोgā·mū·pa·cā·ro नामnā·ma

     Gāmūpacāro nāma

     The access to an inhabited area:

170. 170

     परिक्खित्तस्सpa·rik·khit·tas·sa गामस्सgā·mas·sa इन्दखीलेin·da·khī·le ठितस्सṭhi·tas·sa मज्झिमस्सmaj·jhi·mas·sa पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa लेड्डुपातो,leḍ·ḍu·pā·to

     parikkhittassa gāmassa indakhīle ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto,

     of an enclosed inhabited area: a stone’s throw of a man of average height standing at the threshold of the gateway to the inhabited area;

171. 171

     अपरिक्खित्तस्सa·pa·rik·khit·tas·sa गामस्सgā·mas·sa घरूपचारेgha·rū·pa·cā·re ठितस्सṭhi·tas·sa मज्झिमस्सmaj·jhi·mas·sa पुरिसस्सpu·ri·sas·sa लेड्डुपातो।leḍ·ḍu·pā·to

     aparikkhittassa gāmassa gharūpacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto.

     of an unenclosed inhabited area: a stone’s throw of a man of average height standing at the access to a house.

172. 172

     अरञ्ञंa·rañ·ñaṃ नामnā·ma

     Araññaṁ nāma

     The wilderness:

173. 173

     ठपेत्वाṭha·pet·vā गामञ्चgā·mañ·ca गामूपचारञ्चgā·mū·pa·cā·rañ·ca अवसेसंa·va·se·saṃ अरञ्ञंa·rañ·ñaṃ नाम।nā·ma

     ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca avasesaṁ araññaṁ nāma.

     apart from inhabited areas and the access to inhabited areas, the remainder is called “the wilderness”.

174. 174

     अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ नामnā·ma

     Adinnaṁ nāma

     What has not been given:

175. 175

     यंyaṃ अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ अनिस्सट्ठंa·nis·saṭ·ṭhaṃ अपरिच्चत्तंa·pa·ric·cat·taṃ रक्खितंrak·khi·taṃ गोपितंgo·pi·taṃ ममायितंma·mā·yi·taṃ परपरिग्गहितं।pa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·taṃ एतंe·taṃ अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ नाम।nā·ma

     yaṁ adinnaṁ anissaṭṭhaṁ apariccattaṁ rakkhitaṁ gopitaṁ mamāyitaṁ parapariggahitaṁ. Etaṁ adinnaṁ nāma.

     what has not been given, what has not been let go of, what has not been relinquished; what is guarded, what is protected, what is regarded as “mine”, what belongs to someone else. This is called “what has not been given”.

176. 176

     थेय्यसङ्खातन्तिthey·ya·saṅ·khā·tan·ti

     Theyyasaṅkhātanti

     Intending to steal:

177. 177

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरणचित्तो।a·va·ha·ra·ṇa·cit·to

     theyyacitto avaharaṇacitto.

     the thought of theft, the thought of stealing.

178. 178

     आदियेय्यातिā·di·yey·yā·ti

     Ādiyeyyāti

     Takes:

179. 179

     आदियेय्यā·di·yey·ya हरेय्यha·rey·ya अवहरेय्यa·va·ha·rey·ya इरियापथंi·ri·yā·pa·thaṃ विकोपेय्यvi·ko·pey·ya ठानाṭhā·nā चावेय्यcā·vey·ya सङ्केतंsaṅ·ke·taṃ वीतिनामेय्य।vī·ti·nā·mey·ya

     ādiyeyya hareyya avahareyya iriyāpathaṁ vikopeyya ṭhānā cāveyya saṅketaṁ vītināmeyya.

     takes, carries off, steals, interrupts the movement of, moves from its base, does not stick to an arrangement.

180. 180

     यथारूपंya·thā·rū·paṃ नामnā·ma

     Yathārūpaṁ nāma

     The sort:

181. 181

     पादंpā·daṃ वाvā पादारहंpā·dā·ra·haṃ वाvā अतिरेकपादंa·ti·re·ka·pā·daṃ वा।vā

     pādaṁ vā pādārahaṁ vā atirekapādaṁ vā.

     a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> coin, the value of a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>, or more than a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>.

182. 182

     राजानोrā·jā·no नामnā·ma

     Rājāno nāma

     Kings:

183. 183

     पथब्याराजाpa·thab·yā·rā·jā पदेसराजाpa·de·sa·rā·jā मण्डलिकाmaṇ·ḍa·li·kā अन्तरभोगिकाan·ta·ra·bho·gi·kā अक्खदस्साak·kha·das·sā महामत्ता,ma·hā·mat·tā येye वाvā पनpa·na छेज्जभेज्जंchej·ja·bhej·jaṃ करोन्ताka·ron·tā अनुसासन्ति।a·nu·sā·san·ti एतेe·te राजानोrā·jā·no नाम।nā·ma

     pathabyārājā padesarājā maṇḍalikā antarabhogikā akkhadassā mahāmattā, ye vā pana chejjabhejjaṁ karontā anusāsanti. Ete rājāno nāma.

     kings of the earth, kings of a region, rulers of islands, rulers of border areas, judges, government officials, or whoever metes out physical punishment—these are called “kings”.

184. 184

     चोरोco·ro नामnā·ma

     Coro nāma

     A thief:

185. 185

     योyo पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ थेय्यसङ्खातंthey·ya·saṅ·khā·taṃ आदियति।ā·di·ya·ti एसोe·so चोरोco·ro नाम।nā·ma

     yo pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyati. Eso coro nāma.

     whoever, intending to steal, takes anything that has not been given, having a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more—he is called “a thief”.

186. 186

     हनेय्युंha·ney·yuṃ वातिvā·ti

     Haneyyuṁ vāti

     Would beat:

187. 187

     हत्थेनhat·the·na वाvā पादेनpā·de·na वाvā कसायka·sā·ya वाvā वेत्तेनvet·te·na वाvā अड्ढदण्डकेनaḍ·ḍha·daṇ·ḍa·ke·na वाvā छेज्जायchej·jā·ya वाvā हनेय्युं।ha·ney·yuṃ

     hatthena vā pādena vā kasāya vā vettena vā aḍḍhadaṇḍakena vā chejjāya vā haneyyuṁ.

     would beat with the hand, the foot, a whip, a cane, a cudgel, or by mutilation.

188. 188

     बन्धेय्युंban·dhey·yuṃ वातिvā·ti

     Bandheyyuṁ vāti

     Would imprison:

189. 189

     रज्जुबन्धनेनraj·ju·ban·dha·ne·na वाvā अन्दुबन्धनेनan·du·ban·dha·ne·na वाvā सङ्खलिकबन्धनेनsaṅ·kha·li·ka·ban·dha·ne·na वाvā घरबन्धनेनgha·ra·ban·dha·ne·na वाvā नगरबन्धनेनna·ga·ra·ban·dha·ne·na वाvā गामबन्धनेनgā·ma·ban·dha·ne·na वाvā निगमबन्धनेनni·ga·ma·ban·dha·ne·na वाvā बन्धेय्युं,ban·dhey·yuṃ पुरिसगुत्तिंpu·ri·sa·gut·tiṃ वाvā करेय्युं।ka·rey·yuṃ

     rajjubandhanena vā andubandhanena vā saṅkhalikabandhanena vā gharabandhanena vā nagarabandhanena vā gāmabandhanena vā nigamabandhanena vā bandheyyuṁ, purisaguttiṁ vā kareyyuṁ.

     would imprison by constricting with a rope, by constricting with shackles, by constricting with chains, by constricting to a house, by constricting to a city, by constricting to a village, by constricting to a town, or by guarding.

190. 190

     पब्बाजेय्युंpab·bā·jey·yuṃ वातिvā·ti

     Pabbājeyyuṁ vāti

     Would banish:

191. 191

     गामाgā·mā वाvā निगमाni·ga·mā वाvā नगराna·ga·rā वाvā जनपदाja·na·pa·dā वाvā जनपदपदेसाja·na·pa·da·pa·de·sā वाvā पब्बाजेय्युं।pab·bā·jey·yuṃ

     gāmā vā nigamā vā nagarā vā janapadā vā janapadapadesā vā pabbājeyyuṁ.

     would banish from a village, from a town, from a city, from a country, or from a district.

192. 192

     चोरोसिco·ro·si बालोसिbā·lo·si मूळ्होसिmū·ḷho·si थेनोसीतिthe·no·sī·ti

     Corosi bālosi mūḷhosi thenosīti

     You’re a bandit, you’re a fool, you’ve gone astray, you’re a thief:

193. 193

     परिभासोpa·ri·bhā·so एसो।e·so

     paribhāso eso.

     this is a rebuke.

194. 194

     तथारूपंta·thā·rū·paṃ नामnā·ma

     Tathārūpaṁ nāma

     (Pāli only)

195. 195

     पादंpā·daṃ वाvā पादारहंpā·dā·ra·haṃ वाvā अतिरेकपादंa·ti·re·ka·pā·daṃ वा।vā

     pādaṁ vā pādārahaṁ vā atirekapādaṁ vā.

     (Pāli only)

196. 196

     आदियमानोतिā·di·ya·mā·no·ti

     Ādiyamānoti

     (Pāli only)

197. 197

     आदियमानोā·di·ya·mā·no हरमानोha·ra·mā·no अवहरमानोa·va·ha·ra·mā·no इरियापथंi·ri·yā·pa·thaṃ विकोपयमानोvi·ko·pa·ya·mā·no ठानाṭhā·nā चावयमानोcā·va·ya·mā·no सङ्केतंsaṅ·ke·taṃ वीतिनामयमानो।vī·ti·nā·ma·ya·mā·no

     ādiyamāno haramāno avaharamāno iriyāpathaṁ vikopayamāno ṭhānā cāvayamāno saṅketaṁ vītināmayamāno.

     (Pāli only)

198. 198

     अयम्पीतिa·yam·pī·ti

     Ayampīti

     He too:

199. 199

     पुरिमंpu·ri·maṃ उपादायu·pā·dā·ya वुच्चति।vuc·ca·ti

     purimaṁ upādāya vuccati.

     this is said with reference to the preceding offense entailing expulsion.

200. 200

     पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होतीतिho·tī·ti

     Pārājiko hotīti

     Is expelled:

201. 201

     सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi नामnā·ma पण्डुपलासोpaṇ·ḍu·pa·lā·so बन्धनाban·dha·nā पवुत्तोpa·vut·to अभब्बोa·bhab·bo हरितत्थाय;ha·ri·tat·thā·ya

     seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pavutto abhabbo haritatthāya;

     just as a fallen, withered leaf is incapable of becoming green again,

202. 202

     एवमेवe·va·me·va भिक्खुbhik·khu पादंpā·daṃ वाvā पादारहंpā·dā·ra·haṃ वाvā अतिरेकपादंa·ti·re·ka·pā·daṃ वाvā अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ थेय्यसङ्खातंthey·ya·saṅ·khā·taṃ आदियित्वाā·di·yit·vā अस्समणोas·sa·ma·ṇo होतिho·ti असक्यपुत्तियो।a·sak·ya·put·ti·yo तेनte·na वुच्चति—vuc·ca·ti “पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko होती”ति।ho·tī

     evameva bhikkhu pādaṁ vā pādārahaṁ vā atirekapādaṁ vā adinnaṁ theyyasaṅkhātaṁ ādiyitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Tena vuccati— “pārājiko hotī”ti.

     so too is a monk who, intending to steal, takes an ungiven <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i> coin, the value of a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>, or more than a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>pāda</i>, not an ascetic, not a Sakyan monastic. Therefore it is said, “he is expelled.”

203. 203

     असंवासोतिa·saṃ·vā·so·ti

     Asaṁvāsoti

     Excluded from the community:

204. 204

     संवासोsaṃ·vā·so नामnā·ma एककम्मंe·ka·kam·maṃ एकुद्देसोe·kud·de·so समसिक्खता।sa·ma·sik·kha·tā एसोe·so संवासोsaṃ·vā·so नाम।nā·ma

     saṁvāso nāma ekakammaṁ ekuddeso samasikkhatā. Eso saṁvāso nāma.

     Community: joint legal procedures, a joint recitation, the same training—this is called “community”.

205. 205

     सोso तेनte·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ नत्थि।nat·thi तेनte·na वुच्चति—“असंवासो”ति।vuc·ca·ti

     So tena saddhiṁ natthi. Tena vuccati—“asaṁvāso”ti.

     He does not take part in this—therefore it is called “excluded from the community”.

206. 206

     Permutations

207. 207

     Permutations part 1

208. 208

     Summary

209. 209

     भूमट्ठंbhū·maṭ·ṭhaṃ थलट्ठंtha·laṭ·ṭhaṃ आकासट्ठंā·kā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ वेहासट्ठंve·hā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ उदकट्ठंu·da·kaṭ·ṭhaṃ नावट्ठंnā·vaṭ·ṭhaṃ यानट्ठंyā·naṭ·ṭhaṃ भारट्ठंbhā·raṭ·ṭhaṃ आरामट्ठंā·rā·maṭ·ṭhaṃ विहारट्ठंvi·hā·raṭ·ṭhaṃ खेत्तट्ठंkhet·taṭ·ṭhaṃ वत्थुट्ठंvat·thuṭ·ṭhaṃ गामट्ठंgā·maṭ·ṭhaṃ अरञ्ञट्ठंa·rañ·ñaṭ·ṭhaṃ उदकंu·da·kaṃ दन्तपोणंdan·ta·po·ṇaṃ वनप्पतिva·nap·pa·ti हरणकंha·ra·ṇa·kaṃ उपनिधिu·pa·ni·dhi सुङ्कघातंsuṅ·ka·ghā·taṃ पाणोpā·ṇo अपदंa·pa·daṃ द्विपदंdvi·pa·daṃ चतुप्पदंca·tup·pa·daṃ बहुप्पदंba·hup·pa·daṃ ओचरकोo·ca·ra·ko ओणिरक्खोo·ṇi·rak·kho संविदावहारोsaṃ·vi·dā·va·hā·ro सङ्केतकम्मंsaṅ·ke·ta·kam·maṃ निमित्तकम्मन्ति।ni·mit·ta·kam·man·ti

     Bhūmaṭṭhaṁ thalaṭṭhaṁ ākāsaṭṭhaṁ vehāsaṭṭhaṁ udakaṭṭhaṁ nāvaṭṭhaṁ yānaṭṭhaṁ bhāraṭṭhaṁ ārāmaṭṭhaṁ vihāraṭṭhaṁ khettaṭṭhaṁ vatthuṭṭhaṁ gāmaṭṭhaṁ araññaṭṭhaṁ udakaṁ dantapoṇaṁ vanappati haraṇakaṁ upanidhi suṅkaghātaṁ pāṇo apadaṁ dvipadaṁ catuppadaṁ bahuppadaṁ ocarako oṇirakkho saṁvidāvahāro saṅketakammaṁ nimittakammanti.

     Being underground, being on the ground, being in the air, being above ground, being in water, being in a boat, being in a vehicle, carried as a load, being in a park, being in a monastic dwelling, being in a field, being on a site, being in an inhabited area, being in the wilderness, water, tooth cleaner, forest tree, that which is carried, that which is deposited, customs station, a living being, footless, two-footed, four-footed, many-footed, a spy, a keeper of entrusted property, mutually agreed stealing, acting by arrangement, making a sign.

210. 210

     Exposition

211. 211

     भूमट्ठंbhū·maṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Bhūmaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being underground:

212. 212

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ भूमियंbhū·mi·yaṃ निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होतिho·ti निखातंni·khā·taṃ पटिच्छन्नं।pa·ṭic·chan·naṃ

     bhaṇḍaṁ bhūmiyaṁ nikkhittaṁ hoti nikhātaṁ paṭicchannaṁ.

     the goods have been placed underground, buried, concealed.

213. 213

     भूमट्ठंbhū·maṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti कुदालंku·dā·laṃ वाvā पिटकंpi·ṭa·kaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Bhūmaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati kudālaṁ vā piṭakaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the underground goods,” and he seeks for a companion, seeks for a spade or a basket, or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

214. 214

     तत्थtat·tha जातकंjā·ta·kaṃ कट्ठंkaṭ·ṭhaṃ वाvā लतंla·taṃ वाvā छिन्दति,chin·da·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tattha jātakaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ vā lataṁ vā chindati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he breaks a twig or a creeper growing there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

215. 215

     तत्थtat·tha पंसुंpaṃ·suṃ खणतिkha·ṇa·ti वाvā ब्यूहतिbyū·ha·ti वाvā उद्धरतिud·dha·ra·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tattha paṁsuṁ khaṇati vā byūhati vā uddharati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he digs the soil or heaps it up or removes it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

216. 216

     कुम्भिंkum·bhiṃ आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Kumbhiṁ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches the container, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

217. 217

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

218. 218

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

219. 219

     अत्तनोat·ta·no भाजनंbhā·ja·naṃ पवेसेत्वाpa·ve·set·vā पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Attano bhājanaṁ pavesetvā pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he puts his own vessel into the container and touches something worth five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

220. 220

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

221. 221

     अत्तनोat·ta·no भाजनगतंbhā·ja·na·ga·taṃ वाvā करोतिka·ro·ti मुट्ठिंmuṭ·ṭhiṃ वाvā छिन्दति,chin·da·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Attano bhājanagataṁ vā karoti muṭṭhiṁ vā chindati, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he makes it enter his own vessel or takes it with his fist, there is an offense entailing expulsion.

222. 222

     सुत्तारुळ्हंsut·tā·ru·ḷhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ पामङ्गंpā·maṅ·gaṃ वाvā कण्ठसुत्तकंkaṇ·ṭha·sut·ta·kaṃ वाvā कटिसुत्तकंka·ṭi·sut·ta·kaṃ वाvā साटकंsā·ṭa·kaṃ वाvā वेठनंve·ṭha·naṃ वाvā थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Suttāruḷhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ pāmaṅgaṁ vā kaṇṭhasuttakaṁ vā kaṭisuttakaṁ vā sāṭakaṁ vā veṭhanaṁ vā theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches goods made of string—an ornamental hanging string, a necklace, an ornamental girdle, a wrap garment, or a turban—he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

223. 223

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

224. 224

     कोटियंko·ṭi·yaṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā उच्चारेति,uc·cā·re·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Koṭiyaṁ gahetvā uccāreti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he grasps it at the top and pulls it, he commits a serious offense.

225. 225

     घंसन्तोghaṃ·san·to नीहरति,nī·ha·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Ghaṁsanto nīharati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he rubs it while lifting it, he commits a serious offense.

226. 226

     अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so केसग्गमत्तम्पिke·sag·ga·mat·tam·pi कुम्भिमुखाkum·bhi·mu·khā मोचेति,mo·ce·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Antamaso kesaggamattampi kumbhimukhā moceti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he removes the goods even as much as a hair’s breadth over the rim of the container, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

227. 227

     सप्पिंsap·piṃ वाvā तेलंte·laṃ वाvā मधुंma·dhuṃ वाvā फाणितंphā·ṇi·taṃ वाvā पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to एकेनe·ke·na पयोगेनpa·yo·ge·na पिवति,pi·va·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Sappiṁ vā telaṁ vā madhuṁ vā phāṇitaṁ vā pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto ekena payogena pivati, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If, intending to steal, he drinks—in a single action—ghee, oil, honey, or syrup having a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

228. 228

     तत्थेवtat·the·va भिन्दतिbhin·da·ti वाvā छड्डेतिchaḍ·ḍe·ti वाvā झापेतिjhā·pe·ti वाvā अपरिभोगंa·pa·ri·bho·gaṃ वाvā करोतिka·ro·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tattheva bhindati vā chaḍḍeti vā jhāpeti vā aparibhogaṁ vā karoti āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he destroys it, throws it away, burns it, or renders it useless, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

229. 229

     थलट्ठंtha·laṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Thalaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being on the ground:

230. 230

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ थलेtha·le निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     bhaṇḍaṁ thale nikkhittaṁ hoti.

     the goods have been placed on the ground.

231. 231

     थलट्ठंtha·laṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Thalaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods on the ground,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

232. 232

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

233. 233

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

234. 234

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

235. 235

     आकासट्ठंā·kā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Ākāsaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being in the air:

236. 236

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ आकासगतंā·kā·sa·ga·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     bhaṇḍaṁ ākāsagataṁ hoti.

     the goods are in the air—

237. 237

     मोरोmo·ro वाvā कपिञ्जरोka·piñ·ja·ro वाvā तित्तिरोtit·ti·ro वाvā वट्टकोvaṭ·ṭa·ko वा,vā साटकंsā·ṭa·kaṃ वाvā वेठनंve·ṭha·naṃ वाvā हिरञ्ञंhi·rañ·ñaṃ वाvā सुवण्णंsu·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā छिज्जमानंchij·ja·mā·naṃ पतति।pa·ta·ti

     Moro vā kapiñjaro vā tittiro vā vaṭṭako vā, sāṭakaṁ vā veṭhanaṁ vā hiraññaṁ vā suvaṇṇaṁ vā chijjamānaṁ patati.

     a peacock, a partridge, or a quail; or a wrap garment or a turban; or money or gold that falls after being cut loose.

238. 238

     आकासट्ठंā·kā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Ākāsaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods in the air,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

239. 239

     गमनंga·ma·naṃ उपच्छिन्दति,u·pac·chin·da·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Gamanaṁ upacchindati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he cuts off their course of movement, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

240. 240

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

241. 241

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

242. 242

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

243. 243

     वेहासट्ठंve·hā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Vehāsaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being above ground:

244. 244

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ वेहासगतंve·hā·sa·ga·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     bhaṇḍaṁ vehāsagataṁ hoti.

     the goods are above ground—

245. 245

     मञ्चेmañ·ce वाvā पीठेpī·ṭhe वाvā चीवरवंसेcī·va·ra·vaṃ·se वाvā चीवररज्जुयाcī·va·ra·raj·ju·yā वाvā भित्तिखिलेbhit·ti·khi·le वाvā नागदन्तेnā·ga·dan·te वाvā रुक्खेruk·khe वाvā लग्गितंlag·gi·taṃ होति,ho·ti अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so पत्ताधारकेपि।pat·tā·dhā·ra·ke·pi

     Mañce vā pīṭhe vā cīvaravaṁse vā cīvararajjuyā vā bhittikhile vā nāgadante vā rukkhe vā laggitaṁ hoti, antamaso pattādhārakepi.

     on a bed, on a bench, on a bamboo robe rack, on a clothesline, on a wall peg, in a tree, or even just on a bowl rest.

246. 246

     वेहासट्ठंve·hā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Vehāsaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods that are above ground,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

247. 247

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

248. 248

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

249. 249

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

250. 250

     उदकट्ठंu·da·kaṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Udakaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being in the water:

251. 251

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ उदकेu·da·ke निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     bhaṇḍaṁ udake nikkhittaṁ hoti.

     the goods have been placed in water.

252. 252

     उदकट्ठंu·da·kaṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Udakaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods in the water,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

253. 253

     निमुज्जतिni·muj·ja·ti वाvā उम्मुज्जतिum·muj·ja·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Nimujjati vā ummujjati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he either dives into the water or floats on the surface, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

254. 254

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches the goods, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

255. 255

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

256. 256

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

257. 257

     तत्थtat·tha जातकंjā·ta·kaṃ उप्पलंup·pa·laṃ वाvā पदुमंpa·du·maṃ वाvā पुण्डरीकंpuṇ·ḍa·rī·kaṃ वाvā भिसंbhi·saṃ वाvā मच्छंmac·chaṃ वाvā कच्छपंkac·cha·paṃ वाvā पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tattha jātakaṁ uppalaṁ vā padumaṁ vā puṇḍarīkaṁ vā bhisaṁ vā macchaṁ vā kacchapaṁ vā pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches either a red or white lotus or a blue water lily growing there, or a lotus root, or a fish, or a turtle having a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

258. 258

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

259. 259

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

260. 260

     नावाnā·vā नामnā·ma

     Nāvā nāma

     A boat:

261. 261

     यायyā·ya तरति।ta·ra·ti

     yāya tarati.

     that by means of which one crosses.

262. 262

     नावट्ठंnā·vaṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Nāvaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being in a boat:

263. 263

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ नावायnā·vā·ya निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     bhaṇḍaṁ nāvāya nikkhittaṁ hoti.

     the goods have been placed in a boat.

264. 264

     “नावट्ठंnā·vaṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामी”तिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     “Nāvaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmī”ti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods in the boat,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

265. 265

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

266. 266

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

267. 267

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

268. 268

     नावंnā·vaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Nāvaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the boat,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

269. 269

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

270. 270

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

271. 271

     बन्धनंban·dha·naṃ मोचेति,mo·ce·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Bandhanaṁ moceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he loosens the moorings, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

272. 272

     बन्धनंban·dha·naṃ मोचेत्वाmo·cet·vā आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Bandhanaṁ mocetvā āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, after loosening the moorings, he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

273. 273

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

274. 274

     उद्धंud·dhaṃ वाvā अधोa·dho वाvā तिरियंti·ri·yaṃ वाvā अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so केसग्गमत्तम्पिke·sag·ga·mat·tam·pi सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Uddhaṁ vā adho vā tiriyaṁ vā antamaso kesaggamattampi saṅkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he makes it move upstream or downstream or across the water, even as much as a hair’s breadth, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

275. 275

     यानंyā·naṃ नामnā·ma

     Yānaṁ nāma

     A vehicle:

276. 276

     वय्हंvay·haṃ रथोra·tho सकटंsa·ka·ṭaṃ सन्दमानिका।san·da·mā·ni·kā

     vayhaṁ ratho sakaṭaṁ sandamānikā.

     a wagon, a carriage, a cart, a chariot.

277. 277

     यानट्ठंyā·naṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Yānaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being in a vehicle:

278. 278

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ यानेyā·ne निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     bhaṇḍaṁ yāne nikkhittaṁ hoti.

     the goods have been placed in a vehicle.

279. 279

     यानट्ठंyā·naṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Yānaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods in the vehicle,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

280. 280

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

281. 281

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

282. 282

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

283. 283

     यानंyā·naṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Yānaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the vehicle,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

284. 284

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

285. 285

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

286. 286

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

287. 287

     भारोbhā·ro नामnā·ma

     Bhāro nāma

     A load:

288. 288

     सीसभारोsī·sa·bhā·ro खन्धभारोkhan·dha·bhā·ro कटिभारोka·ṭi·bhā·ro ओलम्बको।o·lam·ba·ko

     sīsabhāro khandhabhāro kaṭibhāro olambako.

     a load carried on the head, a load carried on the shoulder, a load carried on the hip, one hanging down.

289. 289

     सीसेsī·se भारंbhā·raṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Sīse bhāraṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches the load on the head, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

290. 290

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

291. 291

     खन्धंkhan·dhaṃ ओरोपेति,o·ro·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Khandhaṁ oropeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he lowers it to the shoulder, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

292. 292

     खन्धेkhan·dhe भारंbhā·raṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Khandhe bhāraṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches the load on the shoulder, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

293. 293

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

294. 294

     कटिंka·ṭiṃ ओरोपेति,o·ro·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Kaṭiṁ oropeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he lowers it to the hip, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

295. 295

     कटियाka·ṭi·yā भारंbhā·raṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Kaṭiyā bhāraṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches the load on the hip, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

296. 296

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he causes it to stir, he commits a serious offense.

297. 297

     हत्थेनhat·the·na गण्हाति,gaṇ·hā·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Hatthena gaṇhāti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he takes it with the hand, there is an offense entailing expulsion.

298. 298

     हत्थेhat·the भारंbhā·raṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to भूमियंbhū·mi·yaṃ निक्खिपति,nik·khi·pa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Hatthe bhāraṁ theyyacitto bhūmiyaṁ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If, intending to steal a load in the hand, he places it on the ground, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

299. 299

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to भूमितोbhū·mi·to गण्हाति,gaṇ·hā·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Theyyacitto bhūmito gaṇhāti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If, intending to steal, he picks it up from the ground, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

300. 300

     आरामोā·rā·mo नामnā·ma

     Ārāmo nāma

     A park:

301. 301

     पुप्फारामोpup·phā·rā·mo फलारामो।pha·lā·rā·mo

     pupphārāmo phalārāmo.

     a garden, an orchard.

302. 302

     आरामट्ठंā·rā·maṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Ārāmaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being in a park:

303. 303

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ आरामेā·rā·me चतूहिca·tū·hi ठानेहिṭhā·ne·hi निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति—ho·ti भूमट्ठंbhū·maṭ·ṭhaṃ थलट्ठं,tha·laṭ·ṭhaṃ आकासट्ठं,ā·kā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ वेहासट्ठं।ve·hā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ

     bhaṇḍaṁ ārāme catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṁ hoti— bhūmaṭṭhaṁ thalaṭṭhaṁ, ākāsaṭṭhaṁ, vehāsaṭṭhaṁ.

     the goods have been placed in a park in four locations: underground, on the ground, in the air, above the ground.

304. 304

     आरामट्ठंā·rā·maṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Ārāmaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods in the park,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

305. 305

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

306. 306

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

307. 307

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

308. 308

     तत्थtat·tha जातकंjā·ta·kaṃ मूलंmū·laṃ वाvā तचंta·caṃ वाvā पत्तंpat·taṃ वाvā पुप्फंpup·phaṃ वाvā फलंpha·laṃ वाvā पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tattha jātakaṁ mūlaṁ vā tacaṁ vā pattaṁ vā pupphaṁ vā phalaṁ vā pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches something growing there—a root, a piece of bark, a leaf, a flower, or a fruit—having a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

309. 309

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

310. 310

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

311. 311

     आरामंā·rā·maṃ अभियुञ्जति,a·bhi·yuñ·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Ārāmaṁ abhiyuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he claims the park, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

312. 312

     सामिकस्सsā·mi·kas·sa विमतिंvi·ma·tiṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Sāmikassa vimatiṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he evokes doubt in the owner as to his ownership, he commits a serious offense.

313. 313

     सामिकोsā·mi·ko नna मय्हंmay·haṃ भविस्सतीतिbha·vis·sa·tī·ti धुरंdhu·raṃ निक्खिपति,nik·khi·pa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Sāmiko na mayhaṁ bhavissatīti dhuraṁ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If the owner thinks, “I won’t get it back,” and he gives up the effort of reclaiming it, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

314. 314

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to सामिकंsā·mi·kaṃ पराजेति,pa·rā·je·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto sāmikaṁ parājeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he resorts to the law and defeats the owner, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

315. 315

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to परज्जति,pa·raj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he resorts to the law but is defeated, he commits a serious offense.

316. 316

     विहारट्ठंvi·hā·raṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Vihāraṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being in a monastic dwelling:

317. 317

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ विहारेvi·hā·re चतूहिca·tū·hi ठानेहिṭhā·ne·hi निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति—ho·ti भूमट्ठं,bhū·maṭ·ṭhaṃ थलट्ठं,tha·laṭ·ṭhaṃ आकासट्ठं,ā·kā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ वेहासट्ठं।ve·hā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ

     bhaṇḍaṁ vihāre catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṁ hoti— bhūmaṭṭhaṁ, thalaṭṭhaṁ, ākāsaṭṭhaṁ, vehāsaṭṭhaṁ.

     the goods have been placed in a monastic dwelling in four locations: underground, on the ground, in the air, above the ground.

318. 318

     विहारट्ठंvi·hā·raṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Vihāraṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods in the monastic dwelling,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

319. 319

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

320. 320

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

321. 321

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

322. 322

     विहारंvi·hā·raṃ अभियुञ्जति,a·bhi·yuñ·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Vihāraṁ abhiyuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he claims the monastic dwelling, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

323. 323

     सामिकस्सsā·mi·kas·sa विमतिंvi·ma·tiṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Sāmikassa vimatiṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he evokes doubt in the owner as to his ownership, he commits a serious offense.

324. 324

     सामिकोsā·mi·ko नna मय्हंmay·haṃ भविस्सतीतिbha·vis·sa·tī·ti धुरंdhu·raṃ निक्खिपति,nik·khi·pa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Sāmiko na mayhaṁ bhavissatīti dhuraṁ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If the owner thinks, “I won’t get it back,” and he gives up the effort of reclaiming it, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

325. 325

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to सामिकंsā·mi·kaṃ पराजेति,pa·rā·je·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto sāmikaṁ parājeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he resorts to the law and defeats the owner, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

326. 326

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to परज्जति,pa·raj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he resorts to the law but is defeated, he commits a serious offense.

327. 327

     खेत्तंkhet·taṃ नामnā·ma

     Khettaṁ nāma

     A field:

328. 328

     यत्थyat·tha पुब्बण्णंpub·baṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā अपरण्णंa·pa·raṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā जायति।jā·ya·ti

     yattha pubbaṇṇaṁ vā aparaṇṇaṁ vā jāyati.

     where grain or vegetables grow.

329. 329

     खेत्तट्ठंkhet·taṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Khettaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being in a field:

330. 330

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ खेत्तेkhet·te चतूहिca·tū·hi ठानेहिṭhā·ne·hi निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति—ho·ti भूमट्ठं,bhū·maṭ·ṭhaṃ थलट्ठं,tha·laṭ·ṭhaṃ आकासट्ठं,ā·kā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ वेहासट्ठं।ve·hā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ

     bhaṇḍaṁ khette catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṁ hoti— bhūmaṭṭhaṁ, thalaṭṭhaṁ, ākāsaṭṭhaṁ, vehāsaṭṭhaṁ.

     the goods have been placed in a field in four locations: underground, on the ground, in the air, above the ground.

331. 331

     खेत्तट्ठंkhet·taṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्ति,ā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Khettaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti, dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods in the field,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

332. 332

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

333. 333

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

334. 334

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

335. 335

     तत्थtat·tha जातकंjā·ta·kaṃ पुब्बण्णंpub·baṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā अपरण्णंa·pa·raṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tattha jātakaṁ pubbaṇṇaṁ vā aparaṇṇaṁ vā pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches grain or vegetables that grow there, having a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

336. 336

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

337. 337

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

338. 338

     खेत्तंkhet·taṃ अभियुञ्जति,a·bhi·yuñ·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Khettaṁ abhiyuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he claims the field, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

339. 339

     सामिकस्सsā·mi·kas·sa विमतिंvi·ma·tiṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Sāmikassa vimatiṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he evokes doubt in the owner as to his ownership, he commits a serious offense.

340. 340

     सामिकोsā·mi·ko नna मय्हंmay·haṃ भविस्सतीतिbha·vis·sa·tī·ti धुरंdhu·raṃ निक्खिपति,nik·khi·pa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Sāmiko na mayhaṁ bhavissatīti dhuraṁ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If the owner thinks, “I won’t get it back,” and he gives up the effort of reclaiming it, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

341. 341

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to सामिकंsā·mi·kaṃ पराजेति,pa·rā·je·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto sāmikaṁ parājeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he resorts to the law and defeats the owner, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

342. 342

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to परज्जति,pa·raj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he resorts to the law but is defeated, he commits a serious offense.

343. 343

     खीलंkhī·laṃ वाvā रज्जुंraj·juṃ वाvā वतिंva·tiṃ वाvā मरियादंma·ri·yā·daṃ वाvā सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Khīlaṁ vā rajjuṁ vā vatiṁ vā mariyādaṁ vā saṅkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he moves a post, a rope, a fence, or a boundary, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

344. 344

     एकंe·kaṃ पयोगंpa·yo·gaṃ अनागते,a·nā·ga·te आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Ekaṁ payogaṁ anāgate, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     When one action of the moving remains, he commits a serious offense.

345. 345

     तस्मिंtas·miṃ पयोगेpa·yo·ge आगते,ā·ga·te आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Tasmiṁ payoge āgate, āpatti pārājikassa.

     When the last action of the moving is completed, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

346. 346

     वत्थुvat·thu नामnā·ma

     Vatthu nāma

     A site:

347. 347

     आरामवत्थुā·rā·ma·vat·thu विहारवत्थु।vi·hā·ra·vat·thu

     ārāmavatthu vihāravatthu.

     the site of a park or a monastery, the site of a monastic dwelling.

348. 348

     वत्थुट्ठंvat·thuṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Vatthuṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being on a site:

349. 349

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ वत्थुस्मिंvat·thus·miṃ चतूहिca·tū·hi ठानेहिṭhā·ne·hi निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति—ho·ti भूमट्ठं,bhū·maṭ·ṭhaṃ थलट्ठं,tha·laṭ·ṭhaṃ आकासट्ठं,ā·kā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ वेहासट्ठं।ve·hā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ

     bhaṇḍaṁ vatthusmiṁ catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṁ hoti— bhūmaṭṭhaṁ, thalaṭṭhaṁ, ākāsaṭṭhaṁ, vehāsaṭṭhaṁ.

     the goods have been placed on a site in four locations: underground, on the ground, in the air, above the ground.

350. 350

     वत्थुट्ठंvat·thuṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Vatthuṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods on the site,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

351. 351

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

352. 352

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

353. 353

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

354. 354

     वत्थुंvat·thuṃ अभियुञ्जति,a·bhi·yuñ·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Vatthuṁ abhiyuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he claims the site, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

355. 355

     सामिकस्सsā·mi·kas·sa विमतिंvi·ma·tiṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Sāmikassa vimatiṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he evokes doubt in the owner as to his ownership, he commits a serious offense.

356. 356

     सामिकोsā·mi·ko नna मय्हंmay·haṃ भविस्सतीतिbha·vis·sa·tī·ti धुरंdhu·raṃ निक्खिपति,nik·khi·pa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Sāmiko na mayhaṁ bhavissatīti dhuraṁ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If the owner thinks, “I won’t get it back,” and he gives up the effort of reclaiming it, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

357. 357

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to सामिकंsā·mi·kaṃ पराजेति,pa·rā·je·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto sāmikaṁ parājeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he resorts to the law and defeats the owner, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

358. 358

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to परज्जति,pa·raj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he resorts to the law but is defeated, he commits a serious offense.

359. 359

     खीलंkhī·laṃ वाvā रज्जुंraj·juṃ वाvā वतिंva·tiṃ वाvā पाकारंpā·kā·raṃ वाvā सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Khīlaṁ vā rajjuṁ vā vatiṁ vā pākāraṁ vā saṅkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he moves a post, a rope, a fence, or a boundary, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

360. 360

     एकंe·kaṃ पयोगंpa·yo·gaṃ अनागतेa·nā·ga·te आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Ekaṁ payogaṁ anāgate āpatti thullaccayassa.

     When one action of the moving remains, he commits a serious offense.

361. 361

     तस्मिंtas·miṃ पयोगेpa·yo·ge आगतेā·ga·te आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Tasmiṁ payoge āgate āpatti pārājikassa.

     When the last action of the moving is completed, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

362. 362

     गामट्ठंgā·maṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Gāmaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being in an inhabited area:

363. 363

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ गामेgā·me चतूहिca·tū·hi ठानेहिṭhā·ne·hi निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति—ho·ti भूमट्ठं,bhū·maṭ·ṭhaṃ थलट्ठं,tha·laṭ·ṭhaṃ आकासट्ठं,ā·kā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ वेहासट्ठं।ve·hā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ

     bhaṇḍaṁ gāme catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṁ hoti— bhūmaṭṭhaṁ, thalaṭṭhaṁ, ākāsaṭṭhaṁ, vehāsaṭṭhaṁ.

     the goods have been placed in an inhabited area in four locations: underground, on the ground, in the air, above the ground.

364. 364

     गामट्ठंgā·maṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Gāmaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods in the inhabited area,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

365. 365

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

366. 366

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

367. 367

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

368. 368

     अरञ्ञंa·rañ·ñaṃ नामnā·ma

     Araññaṁ nāma

     The wilderness:

369. 369

     यंyaṃ मनुस्सानंma·nus·sā·naṃ परिग्गहितंpa·rig·ga·hi·taṃ होति,ho·ti तंtaṃ अरञ्ञं।a·rañ·ñaṃ

     yaṁ manussānaṁ pariggahitaṁ hoti, taṁ araññaṁ.

     any wilderness which is owned by people.

370. 370

     अरञ्ञट्ठंa·rañ·ñaṭ·ṭhaṃ नामnā·ma

     Araññaṭṭhaṁ nāma

     Being in the wilderness:

371. 371

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अरञ्ञेa·rañ·ñe चतूहिca·tū·hi ठानेहिṭhā·ne·hi निक्खित्तंnik·khit·taṃ होति—ho·ti भूमट्ठं,bhū·maṭ·ṭhaṃ थलट्ठं,tha·laṭ·ṭhaṃ आकासट्ठं,ā·kā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ वेहासट्ठं।ve·hā·saṭ·ṭhaṃ

     bhaṇḍaṁ araññe catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṁ hoti— bhūmaṭṭhaṁ, thalaṭṭhaṁ, ākāsaṭṭhaṁ, vehāsaṭṭhaṁ.

     the goods have been placed in the wilderness in four locations: underground, on the ground, in the air, above the ground.

372. 372

     अरञ्ञट्ठंa·rañ·ñaṭ·ṭhaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामीतिa·va·ha·ris·sā·mī·ti थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ वाvā परियेसतिpa·ri·ye·sa·ti गच्छतिgac·cha·ti वा,vā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Araññaṭṭhaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṁ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he thinks, “I’ll steal the goods in the wilderness,” and he either searches for a companion or goes there, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

373. 373

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

374. 374

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

375. 375

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

376. 376

     तत्थtat·tha जातकंjā·ta·kaṃ कट्ठंkaṭ·ṭhaṃ वाvā लतंla·taṃ वाvā तिणंti·ṇaṃ वाvā पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tattha jātakaṁ kaṭṭhaṁ vā lataṁ vā tiṇaṁ vā pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches something that belongs there—a twig, a creeper, or grass—having a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

377. 377

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

378. 378

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

379. 379

     उदकंu·da·kaṃ नामnā·ma

     Udakaṁ nāma

     Water:

380. 380

     भाजनगतंbhā·ja·na·ga·taṃ वाvā होतिho·ti पोक्खरणियाpok·kha·ra·ṇi·yā वाvā तळाकेta·ḷā·ke वा।vā

     bhājanagataṁ vā hoti pokkharaṇiyā vā taḷāke vā.

     in a vessel, in a pond, or in a reservoir.

381. 381

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

382. 382

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

383. 383

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

384. 384

     अत्तनोat·ta·no भाजनंbhā·ja·naṃ पवेसेत्वाpa·ve·set·vā पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ उदकंu·da·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Attano bhājanaṁ pavesetvā pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ udakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he puts his own vessel into the container holding the water, and he touches water having a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

385. 385

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

386. 386

     अत्तनोat·ta·no भाजनगतंbhā·ja·na·ga·taṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Attano bhājanagataṁ karoti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he puts it into his own vessel, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

387. 387

     मरियादंma·ri·yā·daṃ भिन्दति,bhin·da·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Mariyādaṁ bhindati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he breaks the embankment, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

388. 388

     मरियादंma·ri·yā·daṃ भिन्दित्वाbhin·dit·vā पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ उदकंu·da·kaṃ निक्खामेति,nik·khā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Mariyādaṁ bhinditvā pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ udakaṁ nikkhāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If, after breaking the embankment, he allows water to escape that has a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

389. 389

     अतिरेकमासकंa·ti·re·ka·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā ऊनपञ्चमासकंū·na·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ उदकंu·da·kaṃ निक्खामेति,nik·khā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Atirekamāsakaṁ vā ūnapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ udakaṁ nikkhāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he allows water to escape that has a value of more than one <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> but less than five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsakas</i>, he commits a serious offense.

390. 390

     मासकंmā·sa·kaṃ वाvā ऊनमासकंū·na·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ उदकंu·da·kaṃ निक्खामेति,nik·khā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Māsakaṁ vā ūnamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ udakaṁ nikkhāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he allows water to escape that has a value of one <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> or less, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

391. 391

     दन्तपोणंdan·ta·po·ṇaṃ नामnā·ma

     Dantapoṇaṁ nāma

     Tooth cleaner:

392. 392

     छिन्नंchin·naṃ वाvā अच्छिन्नंac·chin·naṃ वा।vā

     chinnaṁ vā acchinnaṁ vā.

     either ready for use or not.

393. 393

     पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches what has a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

394. 394

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

395. 395

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

396. 396

     वनप्पतिva·nap·pa·ti नामnā·ma

     Vanappati nāma

     Forest tree:

397. 397

     योyo मनुस्सानंma·nus·sā·naṃ परिग्गहितोpa·rig·ga·hi·to होतिho·ti रुक्खोruk·kho परिभोगो।pa·ri·bho·go

     yo manussānaṁ pariggahito hoti rukkho paribhogo.

     whatever useful tree is owned by people.

398. 398

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to छिन्दति,chin·da·ti पहारेpa·hā·re पहारेpa·hā·re आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Theyyacitto chindati, pahāre pahāre āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he fells it, then for each blow he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

399. 399

     एकंe·kaṃ पहारंpa·hā·raṃ अनागते,a·nā·ga·te आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Ekaṁ pahāraṁ anāgate, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     When one blow remains before the tree is felled, he commits a serious offense.

400. 400

     तस्मिंtas·miṃ पहारेpa·hā·re आगते,ā·ga·te आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Tasmiṁ pahāre āgate, āpatti pārājikassa.

     When the last blow is completed, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

401. 401

     हरणकंha·ra·ṇa·kaṃ नामnā·ma

     Haraṇakaṁ nāma

     Goods being carried:

402. 402

     अञ्ञस्सañ·ñas·sa हरणकंha·ra·ṇa·kaṃ भण्डं।bhaṇ·ḍaṃ

     aññassa haraṇakaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ.

     the goods of another are being carried.

403. 403

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches them, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

404. 404

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

405. 405

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

406. 406

     सहभण्डहारकंsa·ha·bhaṇ·ḍa·hā·ra·kaṃ पदसाpa·da·sā नेस्सामीतिnes·sā·mī·ti पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Sahabhaṇḍahārakaṁ padasā nessāmīti paṭhamaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he thinks, “Together with the carrier I’ll carry off the goods,” and he makes the carrier move one foot, he commits a serious offense.

407. 407

     दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Dutiyaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he makes him move the second foot, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

408. 408

     पतितंpa·ti·taṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ गहेस्सामीतिga·hes·sā·mī·ti पातापेति,pā·tā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Patitaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ gahessāmīti pātāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he thinks, “I’ll take the fallen goods,” and he makes them fall, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

409. 409

     पतितंpa·ti·taṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Patitaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches fallen goods having a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

410. 410

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

411. 411

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

412. 412

     उपनिधिu·pa·ni·dhi नामnā·ma

     Upanidhi nāma

     Deposit:

413. 413

     उपनिक्खित्तंu·pa·nik·khit·taṃ भण्डं।bhaṇ·ḍaṃ

     upanikkhittaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ.

     goods deposited with a monk.

414. 414

     देहिde·hi मेme भण्डन्तिbhaṇ·ḍan·ti वुच्चमानोvuc·ca·mā·no नाहंnā·haṃ गण्हामीतिgaṇ·hā·mī·ti भणति,bha·ṇa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Dehi me bhaṇḍanti vuccamāno nāhaṁ gaṇhāmīti bhaṇati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If the monk is told, “Give me my goods,” and he says, “I won’t get them for you,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

415. 415

     सामिकस्सsā·mi·kas·sa विमतिंvi·ma·tiṃ उप्पादेति,up·pā·de·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Sāmikassa vimatiṁ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he evokes doubt in the mind of the owner as to whether he will get them back, he commits a serious offense.

416. 416

     सामिकोsā·mi·ko नna मय्हंmay·haṃ दस्सतीतिdas·sa·tī·ti धुरंdhu·raṃ निक्खिपति,nik·khi·pa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Sāmiko na mayhaṁ dassatīti dhuraṁ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If the owner thinks, “He won’t give them to me,” and he gives up the effort of getting them back, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

417. 417

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to सामिकंsā·mi·kaṃ पराजेति,pa·rā·je·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto sāmikaṁ parājeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he resorts to the law and defeats the owner, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

418. 418

     धम्मंdham·maṃ चरन्तोca·ran·to परज्जति,pa·raj·ja·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Dhammaṁ caranto parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he resorts to the law but is defeated, he commits a serious offense.

419. 419

     सुङ्कघातंsuṅ·ka·ghā·taṃ नामnā·ma

     Suṅkaghātaṁ nāma

     Customs station:

420. 420

     रञ्ञाrañ·ñā ठपितंṭha·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti पब्बतखण्डेpab·ba·ta·khaṇ·ḍe वाvā नदीतित्थेna·dī·tit·the वाvā गामद्वारेgā·mad·vā·re वा—vā

     raññā ṭhapitaṁ hoti pabbatakhaṇḍe vā nadītitthe vā gāmadvāre vā—

     it is established by a king in a mountain-pass, at a ford in a river, or at the gateway of a village

421. 421

     “अत्रat·ra पविट्ठस्सpa·viṭ·ṭhas·sa सुङ्कंsuṅ·kaṃ गण्हन्तू”ति।gaṇ·han·tū

     “atra paviṭṭhassa suṅkaṁ gaṇhantū”ti.

     so that tax can be collected from any person passing through.

422. 422

     तत्रtat·ra पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā राजग्गंrā·jag·gaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tatra pavisitvā rājaggaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal and having entered the customs station, he touches goods that have a tax value to the king of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

423. 423

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

424. 424

     पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ पादंpā·daṃ सुङ्कघातंsuṅ·ka·ghā·taṃ अतिक्कामेति,a·tik·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Paṭhamaṁ pādaṁ suṅkaghātaṁ atikkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he goes beyond the customs station with one foot, he commits a serious offense.

425. 425

     दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ पादंpā·daṃ अतिक्कामेति,a·tik·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Dutiyaṁ pādaṁ atikkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he goes beyond the customs station with the second foot, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

426. 426

     अन्तोसुङ्कघातेan·to·suṅ·ka·ghā·te ठितोṭhi·to बहिसुङ्कघातंba·hi·suṅ·ka·ghā·taṃ पातेति,pā·te·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Antosuṅkaghāte ṭhito bahisuṅkaghātaṁ pāteti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If, standing within the customs station, he makes the goods fall outside the customs station, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

427. 427

     सुङ्कंsuṅ·kaṃ परिहरति,pa·ri·ha·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Suṅkaṁ pariharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he avoids the customs station altogether, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

428. 428

     पाणोpā·ṇo नामnā·ma

     Pāṇo nāma

     Creature:

429. 429

     मनुस्सपाणोma·nus·sa·pā·ṇo वुच्चति।vuc·ca·ti

     manussapāṇo vuccati.

     a human being is what is meant.

430. 430

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches the person, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

431. 431

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes the person stir, he commits a serious offense.

432. 432

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves the person from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

433. 433

     पदसाpa·da·sā नेस्सामीतिnes·sā·mī·ti पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Padasā nessāmīti paṭhamaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he thinks, “I’ll take the person away on foot,” and he makes them move the first foot, he commits a serious offense.

434. 434

     दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Dutiyaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he makes them move the second foot, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

435. 435

     अपदंa·pa·daṃ नामnā·ma

     Apadaṁ nāma

     Footless:

436. 436

     अहिa·hi मच्छा।mac·chā

     ahi macchā.

     snakes and fish.

437. 437

     पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches what has a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

438. 438

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

439. 439

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

440. 440

     द्विपदंdvi·pa·daṃ नामnā·ma

     Dvipadaṁ nāma

     Two-footed:

441. 441

     मनुस्सा,ma·nus·sā पक्खजाता।pak·kha·jā·tā

     manussā, pakkhajātā.

     humans and birds.

442. 442

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

443. 443

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

444. 444

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

445. 445

     पदसाpa·da·sā नेस्सामीतिnes·sā·mī·ti पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Padasā nessāmīti paṭhamaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he thinks, “I’ll take it away on foot,” and he makes it move the first foot, he commits a serious offense.

446. 446

     दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Dutiyaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he makes it move the second foot, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

447. 447

     चतुप्पदंca·tup·pa·daṃ नाम—nā·ma

     Catuppadaṁ nāma—

     Four-footed:

448. 448

     हत्थीhat·thī अस्साas·sā ओट्ठाoṭ·ṭhā गोणाgo·ṇā गद्रभाgad·ra·bhā पसुका।pa·su·kā

     hatthī assā oṭṭhā goṇā gadrabhā pasukā.

     elephants, horses, camels, cattle, donkeys, domesticated animals.

449. 449

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

450. 450

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

451. 451

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

452. 452

     पदसाpa·da·sā नेस्सामीतिnes·sā·mī·ti पठमंpa·ṭha·maṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Padasā nessāmīti paṭhamaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he thinks, “I’ll take it away on foot,” and he makes it move the first foot, he commits a serious offense.

453. 453

     दुतियंdu·ti·yaṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Dutiyaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it move the second foot, he commits a serious offense.

454. 454

     ततियंta·ti·yaṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Tatiyaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it move the third foot, he commits a serious offense.

455. 455

     चतुत्थंca·tut·thaṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Catutthaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he makes it move the fourth foot, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

456. 456

     बहुप्पदंba·hup·pa·daṃ नाम—nā·ma

     Bahuppadaṁ nāma—

     Many-footed:

457. 457

     विच्छिकाvic·chi·kā सतपदीsa·ta·pa·dī उच्चालिङ्गपाणका।uc·cā·liṅ·ga·pā·ṇa·kā

     vicchikā satapadī uccāliṅgapāṇakā.

     scorpions, centipedes, caterpillars.

458. 458

     पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches what has a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

459. 459

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense.

460. 460

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

461. 461

     पदसाpa·da·sā नेस्सामीतिnes·sā·mī·ti सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti पदेpa·de पदेpa·de आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Padasā nessāmīti saṅkāmeti, pade pade āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he thinks, “I’ll take it away on foot,” and he makes it move, he commits a serious offense for each leg that moves.

462. 462

     पच्छिमंpac·chi·maṃ पादंpā·daṃ सङ्कामेति,saṅ·kā·me·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Pacchimaṁ pādaṁ saṅkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     When the last leg moves, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

463. 463

     ओचरकोo·ca·ra·ko नामnā·ma

     Ocarako nāma

     A spy:

464. 464

     भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ ओचरित्वाo·ca·rit·vā

     bhaṇḍaṁ ocaritvā

     having spied out goods.

465. 465

     आचिक्खति—“इत्थन्नामंā·cik·kha·ti भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     ācikkhati—“itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he describes them, saying, “Steal such-and-such goods,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

466. 466

     सोso तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     So taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

     If he steals those goods, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

467. 467

     ओणिरक्खोo·ṇi·rak·kho नामnā·ma

     Oṇirakkho nāma

     A protector of goods:

468. 468

     आहटंā·ha·ṭaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ गोपेन्तोgo·pen·to

     āhaṭaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ gopento

     a monk who guards goods that have been brought to him.

469. 469

     पञ्चमासकंpañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकंa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·kaṃ वाvā अग्घनकंag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     pañcamāsakaṁ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṁ vā agghanakaṁ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If, intending to steal, he touches what has a value of five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

470. 470

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If he makes them stir, he commits a serious offense.

471. 471

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     If he moves them from their base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

472. 472

     संविदावहारोsaṃ·vi·dā·va·hā·ro नामnā·ma

     Saṁvidāvahāro nāma

     Mutually agreed stealing:

473. 473

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā संविदहित्वाsaṃ·vi·da·hit·vā

     sambahulā saṁvidahitvā

     a number have agreed together.

474. 474

     एकोe·ko भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti सब्बेसंsab·be·saṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     eko bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati, āpatti sabbesaṁ pārājikassa.

     If only one steals the goods, there is an offense entailing expulsion for all of them.

475. 475

     सङ्केतकम्मंsaṅ·ke·ta·kam·maṃ नामnā·ma

     Saṅketakammaṁ nāma

     Acting by arrangement:

476. 476

     सङ्केतंsaṅ·ke·taṃ करोति—ka·ro·ti “पुरेभत्तंpu·re·bhat·taṃ वाvā पच्छाभत्तंpac·chā·bhat·taṃ वाvā रत्तिंrat·tiṃ वाvā दिवाdi·vā वाvā

     saṅketaṁ karoti— “purebhattaṁ vā pacchābhattaṁ vā rattiṁ vā divā vā

     one makes an arrangement for before the meal or for after the meal, for the night or for the day.

477. 477

     तेनte·na सङ्केतेनsaṅ·ke·te·na तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     tena saṅketena taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he says, “Steal those goods according to this arrangement,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

478. 478

     तेनte·na सङ्केतेनsaṅ·ke·te·na तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Tena saṅketena taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

     If the other steals those goods according to that arrangement, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

479. 479

     तंtaṃ सङ्केतंsaṅ·ke·taṃ पुरेpu·re वाvā पच्छाpac·chā वाvā तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     Taṁ saṅketaṁ pure vā pacchā vā taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti.

     If he steals those goods before or after the time of the arrangement, there is no offense for the instigator,

480. 480

     अवहारकस्सa·va·hā·ra·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

     but an offense entailing expulsion for the thief.

481. 481

     निमित्तकम्मंni·mit·ta·kam·maṃ नामnā·ma

     Nimittakammaṁ nāma

     Making a sign:

482. 482

     निमित्तंni·mit·taṃ करोति।ka·ro·ti

     nimittaṁ karoti.

     he makes a sign.

483. 483

     अक्खिंak·khiṃ वाvā निखणिस्सामिni·kha·ṇis·sā·mi भमुकंbha·mu·kaṃ वाvā उक्खिपिस्सामिuk·khi·pis·sā·mi सीसंsī·saṃ वाvā उक्खिपिस्सामि,uk·khi·pis·sā·mi तेनte·na निमित्तेनni·mit·te·na तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहराति,a·va·ha·rā·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Akkhiṁ vā nikhaṇissāmi bhamukaṁ vā ukkhipissāmi sīsaṁ vā ukkhipissāmi, tena nimittena taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If he says, “When I wink, at that sign steal the goods,” or, “When I raise an eyebrow, at that sign steal the goods,” or, “When I nod, at that sign steal the goods,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

484. 484

     तेनte·na निमित्तेनni·mit·te·na तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Tena nimittena taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

     If, at that sign, the other steals the goods, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

485. 485

     तंtaṃ निमित्तंni·mit·taṃ पुरेpu·re वाvā पच्छाpac·chā वाvā तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     Taṁ nimittaṁ pure vā pacchā vā taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti.

     If he steals the goods before or after the sign, there is no offense for the instigator,

486. 486

     अवहारकस्सa·va·hā·ra·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

     but an offense entailing expulsion for the thief.

487. 487

     Permutations part 2

488. 488

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells a monk,

489. 489

     “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     “itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     “Steal such-and-such goods,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

490. 490

     सोso तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     So taṁ maññamāno taṁ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

     If the other monk steals them, thinking they are the ones he was told to steal, there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

491. 491

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells a monk,

492. 492

     “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     “itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     “Steal such-and-such goods,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

493. 493

     सोso तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti

     So taṁ maññamāno aññaṁ avaharati,

     If the other monk steals other goods, thinking they are the ones he was told to steal,

494. 494

     मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti.

     there is no offense for the instigator,

495. 495

     अवहारकस्सa·va·hā·ra·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

     but there is an offense entailing expulsion for the thief.

496. 496

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells a monk,

497. 497

     “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     “itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     “Steal such-and-such goods,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

498. 498

     सोso अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti

     So aññaṁ maññamāno taṁ avaharati,

     If the other monk steals them, thinking they are other than what he was told to steal,

499. 499

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

     there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

500. 500

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells a monk,

501. 501

     “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     “itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     “Steal such-and-such goods,” he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

502. 502

     सोso अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti

     So aññaṁ maññamāno aññaṁ avaharati,

     If the other monk steals other goods, thinking they are other than what he was told to steal,

503. 503

     मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti.

     there is no offense for the instigator,

504. 504

     अवहारकस्सa·va·hā·ra·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

     but there is an offense entailing expulsion for the thief.

505. 505

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells a monk,

506. 506

     “इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पावद—‘इत्थन्नामोpā·va·da इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पावदतु—इत्थन्नामोpā·va·da·tu इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरतू’”ति,a·va·ha·ra·tū

     “itthannāmassa pāvada—‘itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatu—itthannāmo itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharatū’”ti,

     “Tell so-and-so to tell so-and-so to steal such-and-such goods,”

507. 507

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

508. 508

     सोso इतरस्सi·ta·ras·sa आरोचेति,ā·ro·ce·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     So itarassa āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     In telling the next person, there is an offense of wrong conduct.

509. 509

     अवहारकोa·va·hā·ra·ko पटिग्गण्हाति,pa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Avahārako paṭiggaṇhāti, mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

     If the potential thief agrees, there is a serious offense for the instigator.

510. 510

     सोso तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti सब्बेसंsab·be·saṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     So taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati, āpatti sabbesaṁ pārājikassa.

     If he steals those goods, there is an offense entailing expulsion for all of them.

511. 511

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells a monk,

512. 512

     “इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पावद—‘इत्थन्नामोpā·va·da इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पावदतु—इत्थन्नामोpā·va·da·tu इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरतू’”ति,a·va·ha·ra·tū

     “itthannāmassa pāvada—‘itthannāmo itthannāmassa pāvadatu—itthannāmo itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharatū’”ti,

     “Tell so-and-so to tell so-and-so to steal such-and-such goods,”

513. 513

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

514. 514

     सोso अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ आणापेति,ā·ṇā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     So aññaṁ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If the other monk tells someone else than the one he was told to tell, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

515. 515

     अवहारकोa·va·hā·ra·ko पटिग्गण्हाति,pa·ṭig·gaṇ·hā·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Avahārako paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If the potential thief agrees, there is an offense of wrong conduct.

516. 516

     सोso तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     So taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti.

     If he steals those goods, there is no offense for the instigator,

517. 517

     आणापकस्सā·ṇā·pa·kas·sa चca अवहारकस्सa·va·hā·ra·kas·sa चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Āṇāpakassa ca avahārakassa ca āpatti pārājikassa.

     but there is an offense entailing expulsion for the messenger and for the thief.

518. 518

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells another monk,

519. 519

     “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā

     “itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti,

     “Steal such-and-such goods,”

520. 520

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

521. 521

     सोso गन्त्वाgan·tvā पुनpu·na पच्चागच्छति—pac·cā·gac·cha·ti

     So gantvā puna paccāgacchati—

     If the other monk goes, but returns, saying,

522. 522

     “नाहंnā·haṃ सक्कोमिsak·ko·mi तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरितुन्”ति।a·va·ha·ri·tun

     “nāhaṁ sakkomi taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharitun”ti.

     “I’m not able to steal those goods.”

523. 523

     सोso पुनpu·na आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     So puna āṇāpeti—

     If the first monk tells him again,

524. 524

     “यदाya·dā सक्कोसिsak·ko·si तदाta·dā तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā

     “yadā sakkosi tadā taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti,

     “When you’re able, then steal those goods,”

525. 525

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

526. 526

     सोso तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti

     So taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati,

     If the other monk steals the goods,

527. 527

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

     there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

528. 528

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells another monk,

529. 529

     “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā

     “itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti,

     “Steal such-and-such goods,”

530. 530

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

531. 531

     सोso आणापेत्वाā·ṇā·pet·vā विप्पटिसारीvip·pa·ṭi·sā·rī नna सावेति—sā·ve·ti

     So āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī na sāveti—

     He then regrets it, but does not say,

532. 532

     “माmā अवहरी”ति।a·va·ha·rī

     “mā avaharī”ti.

     “Don’t steal them.”

533. 533

     सोso तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti

     So taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati,

     If the other monk then steals those goods,

534. 534

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     āpatti ubhinnaṁ pārājikassa.

     there is an offense entailing expulsion for both.

535. 535

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells another monk,

536. 536

     “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā

     “itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti,

     “Steal such-and-such goods,”

537. 537

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

538. 538

     सोso आणापेत्वाā·ṇā·pet·vā विप्पटिसारीvip·pa·ṭi·sā·rī सावेति—sā·ve·ti

     So āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti—

     He then regrets it and says,

539. 539

     “माmā अवहरी”ति।a·va·ha·rī

     “mā avaharī”ti.

     “Don’t steal them.”

540. 540

     सोso “आणत्तोā·ṇat·to अहंa·haṃ तया”ति,ta·yā तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरति,a·va·ha·ra·ti

     So “āṇatto ahaṁ tayā”ti, taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharati,

     If the other monk replies, “I’ve been told by you to do so,” and he then steals those goods,

541. 541

     मूलट्ठस्सmū·laṭ·ṭhas·sa अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti.

     there is no offense for the instigator,

542. 542

     अवहारकस्सa·va·hā·ra·kas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa.

     but an offense entailing expulsion for the thief.

543. 543

     भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आणापेति—ā·ṇā·pe·ti

     Bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ āṇāpeti—

     If a monk tells another monk,

544. 544

     “इत्थन्नामंit·than·nā·maṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरा”ति,a·va·ha·rā

     “itthannāmaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ avaharā”ti,

     “Steal such-and-such goods,”

545. 545

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

546. 546

     सोso आणापेत्वाā·ṇā·pet·vā विप्पटिसारीvip·pa·ṭi·sā·rī सावेति—sā·ve·ti

     So āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti—

     He then regrets it and says,

547. 547

     “माmā अवहरी”ति।a·va·ha·rī

     “mā avaharī”ti.

     “Don’t steal them.”

548. 548

     सोso “साधू”ति?sā·dhū

     So “sādhū”ti?

     If the other monk replies, “Fine,”

549. 549

     ओरमति,o·ra·ma·ti उभिन्नंu·bhin·naṃ अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     Oramati, ubhinnaṁ anāpatti.

     and desists, there is no offense for either.

550. 550

     Permutations part 3

551. 551

     पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स—pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Pañcahi ākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti pārājikassa—

     For one who steals there is an offense entailing expulsion when five factors are fulfilled:

552. 552

     परपरिग्गहितञ्चpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·tañ·ca होति,ho·ti

     parapariggahitañca hoti,

     it is the possession of another;

553. 553

     परपरिग्गहितसञ्ञीpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·ta·sañ·ñī च,ca

     parapariggahitasaññī ca,

     he perceives it as such;

554. 554

     गरुकोga·ru·ko चca होतिho·ti परिक्खारो,pa·rik·khā·ro पञ्चमासकोpañ·ca·mā·sa·ko वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकोa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·ko वा,।vā

     garuko ca hoti parikkhāro, pañcamāsako vā atirekapañcamāsako vā,.

     it is a valuable possession worth five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more;

555. 555

     थेय्यचित्तञ्चthey·ya·cit·tañ·ca पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     theyyacittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

     he has the intention to steal it;

556. 556

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

557. 557

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     if he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense;

558. 558

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     if he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

559. 559

     पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स—thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Pañcahi ākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti thullaccayassa—

     For one who steals there is a serious offense when five factors are fulfilled:

560. 560

     परपरिग्गहितञ्चpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·tañ·ca होति,ho·ti

     parapariggahitañca hoti,

     it is the possession of another;

561. 561

     परपरिग्गहितसञ्ञीpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·ta·sañ·ñī च,ca

     parapariggahitasaññī ca,

     he perceives it as such;

562. 562

     लहुकोla·hu·ko चca होतिho·ti परिक्खारो,pa·rik·khā·ro अतिरेकमासकोa·ti·re·ka·mā·sa·ko वाvā ऊनपञ्चमासकोū·na·pañ·ca·mā·sa·ko वा,vā

     lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro, atirekamāsako vā ūnapañcamāsako vā,

     it is an ordinary possession worth more than one <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coin, but less than five;

563. 563

     थेय्यचित्तञ्चthey·ya·cit·tañ·ca पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     theyyacittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

     he has the intention to steal it;

564. 564

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

565. 565

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he makes it stir, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

566. 566

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     if he moves it from its base, he commits a serious offense.

567. 567

     पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Pañcahi ākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     For one who steals there is an offense of wrong conduct when five factors are fulfilled:

568. 568

     परपरिग्गहितञ्चpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·tañ·ca होति,ho·ti

     Parapariggahitañca hoti,

     it is the possession of another;

569. 569

     परपरिग्गहितसञ्ञीpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·ta·sañ·ñī च,ca

     parapariggahitasaññī ca,

     he perceives it as such;

570. 570

     लहुकोla·hu·ko चca होतिho·ti परिक्खारो,pa·rik·khā·ro मासकोmā·sa·ko वाvā ऊनमासकोū·na·mā·sa·ko वा,vā

     lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro, māsako vā ūnamāsako vā,

     it is an ordinary possession worth one <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coin or less;

571. 571

     थेय्यचित्तञ्चthey·ya·cit·tañ·ca पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     theyyacittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

     he has the intention to steal it;

572. 572

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

573. 573

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he makes it stir, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

574. 574

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he moves it from its base, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

575. 575

     छहिcha·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Chahi ākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti pārājikassa.

     For one who steals there is an offense entailing expulsion when six factors are fulfilled:

576. 576

     नna चca सकसञ्ञी,sa·ka·sañ·ñī

     Na ca sakasaññī,

     he does not perceive it as his own;

577. 577

     नna चca विस्सासग्गाही,vis·sā·sag·gā·hī

     na ca vissāsaggāhī,

     he does not take it on trust;

578. 578

     नna चca तावकालिकं,tā·va·kā·li·kaṃ

     na ca tāvakālikaṁ,

     he does not borrow it;

579. 579

     गरुकोga·ru·ko चca होतिho·ti परिक्खारो,pa·rik·khā·ro पञ्चमासकोpañ·ca·mā·sa·ko वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकोa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·ko वा,vā

     garuko ca hoti parikkhāro, pañcamāsako vā atirekapañcamāsako vā,

     it is a valuable possession worth five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more;

580. 580

     थेय्यचित्तञ्चthey·ya·cit·tañ·ca पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     theyyacittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

     he has the intention to steal it;

581. 581

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

582. 582

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     if he makes it stir, he commits a serious offense;

583. 583

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.

     if he moves it from its base, he commits an offense entailing expulsion.

584. 584

     छहिcha·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Chahi ākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti thullaccayassa.

     For one who steals there is a serious offense when six factors are fulfilled:

585. 585

     नna चca सकसञ्ञी,sa·ka·sañ·ñī

     Na ca sakasaññī,

     he does not perceive it as his own;

586. 586

     नna चca विस्सासग्गाही,vis·sā·sag·gā·hī

     na ca vissāsaggāhī,

     he does not take it on trust;

587. 587

     नna चca तावकालिकं,tā·va·kā·li·kaṃ

     na ca tāvakālikaṁ,

     he does not borrow it;

588. 588

     लहुकोla·hu·ko चca होतिho·ti परिक्खारोpa·rik·khā·ro अतिरेकमासकोa·ti·re·ka·mā·sa·ko वाvā ऊनपञ्चमासकोū·na·pañ·ca·mā·sa·ko वा,vā

     lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro atirekamāsako vā ūnapañcamāsako vā,

     it is an ordinary possession worth more than one <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coin, but less than five;

589. 589

     थेय्यचित्तञ्चthey·ya·cit·tañ·ca पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     theyyacittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

     he has the intention to steal it;

590. 590

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

591. 591

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he makes it stir, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

592. 592

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्स।thul·lac·ca·yas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti thullaccayassa.

     if he moves it from its base, he commits a serious offense.

593. 593

     छहिcha·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Chahi ākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     For one who steals there is an offense of wrong conduct when six factors are fulfilled:

594. 594

     नna चca सकसञ्ञी,sa·ka·sañ·ñī

     Na ca sakasaññī,

     he does not perceive it as his own;

595. 595

     नna चca विस्सासग्गाही,vis·sā·sag·gā·hī

     na ca vissāsaggāhī,

     he does not take it on trust;

596. 596

     नna चca तावकालिकं,tā·va·kā·li·kaṃ

     na ca tāvakālikaṁ,

     he does not borrow it;

597. 597

     लहुकोla·hu·ko चca होतिho·ti परिक्खारो,pa·rik·khā·ro मासकोmā·sa·ko वाvā ऊनमासकोū·na·mā·sa·ko वा,vā

     lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro, māsako vā ūnamāsako vā,

     it is an ordinary possession worth one <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coin or less;

598. 598

     थेय्यचित्तञ्चthey·ya·cit·tañ·ca पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     theyyacittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

     he has the intention to steal it;

599. 599

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

600. 600

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he makes it stir, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

601. 601

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he moves it from its base, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

602. 602

     पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Pañcahi ākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     For one who steals there is an offense of wrong conduct when five factors are fulfilled:

603. 603

     नna चca परपरिग्गहितंpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·taṃ होति,ho·ti

     Na ca parapariggahitaṁ hoti,

     it is not the possession of another;

604. 604

     परपरिग्गहितसञ्ञीpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·ta·sañ·ñī च,ca

     parapariggahitasaññī ca,

     but he perceives it as the possession of another;

605. 605

     गरुकोga·ru·ko चca होतिho·ti परिक्खारो,pa·rik·khā·ro पञ्चमासकोpañ·ca·mā·sa·ko वाvā अतिरेकपञ्चमासकोa·ti·re·ka·pañ·ca·mā·sa·ko वा,vā

     garuko ca hoti parikkhāro, pañcamāsako vā atirekapañcamāsako vā,

     it is a valuable possession worth five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins or more;

606. 606

     थेय्यचित्तञ्चthey·ya·cit·tañ·ca पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     theyyacittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

     he has the intention to steal it;

607. 607

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

608. 608

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he makes it stir, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

609. 609

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he moves it from its base, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

610. 610

     पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Pañcahi ākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     For one who steals there is an offense of wrong conduct when five factors are fulfilled:

611. 611

     नna चca परपरिग्गहितंpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·taṃ होति,ho·ti

     Na ca parapariggahitaṁ hoti,

     it is not the possession of another;

612. 612

     परपरिग्गहितसञ्ञीpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·ta·sañ·ñī च,ca

     parapariggahitasaññī ca,

     but he perceives it as the possession of another;

613. 613

     लहुकोla·hu·ko चca होतिho·ti परिक्खारो,pa·rik·khā·ro अतिरेकमासकोa·ti·re·ka·mā·sa·ko वाvā ऊनपञ्चमासकोū·na·pañ·ca·mā·sa·ko वा,vā

     lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro, atirekamāsako vā ūnapañcamāsako vā,

     it is an ordinary possession worth more than one <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coin, but less than five;

614. 614

     थेय्यचित्तञ्चthey·ya·cit·tañ·ca पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     theyyacittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

     he has the intention to steal it;

615. 615

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

616. 616

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he makes it stir, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

617. 617

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he moves it from its base, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

618. 618

     पञ्चहिpañ·ca·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi अदिन्नंa·din·naṃ आदियन्तस्सā·di·yan·tas·sa आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Pañcahi ākārehi adinnaṁ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     For one who steals there is an offense of wrong conduct when five factors are fulfilled:

619. 619

     नna चca परपरिग्गहितंpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·taṃ होति,ho·ti

     Na ca parapariggahitaṁ hoti,

     it is not the possession of another;

620. 620

     परपरिग्गहितसञ्ञीpa·ra·pa·rig·ga·hi·ta·sañ·ñī च,ca

     parapariggahitasaññī ca,

     but he perceives it as the possession of another;

621. 621

     लहुकोla·hu·ko चca होतिho·ti परिक्खारो,pa·rik·khā·ro मासकोmā·sa·ko वाvā ऊनमासकोū·na·mā·sa·ko वा,vā

     lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro, māsako vā ūnamāsako vā,

     it is an ordinary possession worth one <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coin or less;

622. 622

     थेय्यचित्तञ्चthey·ya·cit·tañ·ca पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     theyyacittañca paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti.

     he has the intention to steal it;

623. 623

     आमसति,ā·ma·sa·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he touches it, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

624. 624

     फन्दापेति,phan·dā·pe·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he makes it stir, he commits an offense of wrong conduct;

625. 625

     ठानाṭhā·nā चावेति,cā·ve·ti आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     if he moves it from its base, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.

626. 626

     Non-offenses

627. 627

     अनापत्ति—a·nā·pat·ti

     Anāpatti—

     There is no offense:

628. 628

     ससञ्ञिस्स,sa·sañ·ñis·sa

     sasaññissa,

     if he perceives it as his own;

629. 629

     विस्सासग्गाहे,vis·sā·sag·gā·he

     vissāsaggāhe,

     if he takes it on trust;

630. 630

     तावकालिके,tā·va·kā·li·ke

     tāvakālike,

     if he borrows it;

631. 631

     पेतपरिग्गहे,pe·ta·pa·rig·ga·he

     petapariggahe,

     if it is the possession of a ghost;

632. 632

     तिरच्छानगतपरिग्गहे,ti·rac·chā·na·ga·ta·pa·rig·ga·he

     tiracchānagatapariggahe,

     if it is the possession of an animal;

633. 633

     पंसुकूलसञ्ञिस्स,paṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñis·sa

     paṁsukūlasaññissa,

     if he perceives it as discarded;

634. 634

     उम्मत्तकस्स,um·mat·ta·kas·sa

     ummattakassa,

     if he is insane;

635. 635

     खित्तचित्तस्सkhit·ta·cit·tas·sa

     khittacittassa

     if he is deranged;

636. 636

     वेदनाट्टस्सve·da·nāṭ·ṭas·sa

     vedanāṭṭassa

     if he is overwhelmed by pain;

637. 637

     आदिकम्मिकस्साति।ā·di·kam·mi·kas·sā·ti

     ādikammikassāti.

     if he is the first offender.

638. 638

     अदिन्नादानम्हिa·din·nā·dā·nam·hi पठमभाणवारोpa·ṭha·ma·bhā·ṇa·vā·ro निट्ठितो।niṭ·ṭhi·to

     Adinnādānamhi paṭhamabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.

     The first section for recitation on stealing is finished.

639. 639

     2।1। विनीतवत्थुउद्दानगाथाvi·nī·ta·vat·thu·ud·dā·na·gā·thā

     2.1. Vinītavatthuuddānagāthā

     Summary verses of case studies

640. 640

     रजकेहिra·ja·ke·hi पञ्चpañ·ca अक्खाता,ak·khā·tā

     Rajakehi pañca akkhātā,

     “Five are told with dyers,

641. 641

     चतुरोca·tu·ro अत्थरणेहिat·tha·ra·ṇe·hi च;ca

     caturo attharaṇehi ca;

     And four with bedspreads;

642. 642

     अन्धकारेनan·dha·kā·re·na वेve पञ्च,pañ·ca

     Andhakārena ve pañca,

     Five with darkness,

643. 643

     पञ्चpañ·ca हारणकेनhā·ra·ṇa·ke·na च।ca

     pañca hāraṇakena ca.

     And five with a carrier.

644. 644

     निरुत्तियाni·rut·ti·yā पञ्चpañ·ca अक्खाता,ak·khā·tā

     Niruttiyā pañca akkhātā,

     Five are told with ways of speaking,

645. 645

     वातेहिvā·te·hi अपरेa·pa·re दुवे;du·ve

     vātehi apare duve;

     Another two with wind;

646. 646

     असम्भिन्नेa·sam·bhin·ne कुसापातो,ku·sā·pā·to

     Asambhinne kusāpāto,

     Fresh, drawing lots,

647. 647

     जन्तग्गेनjan·tag·ge·na सहाsa·hā दस।da·sa

     jantaggena sahā dasa.

     With the sauna it is ten.

648. 648

     विघासेहिvi·ghā·se·hi पञ्चpañ·ca अक्खाता,ak·khā·tā

     Vighāsehi pañca akkhātā,

     Five are told with animal kills,

649. 649

     पञ्चpañ·ca चेवce·va अमूलका;a·mū·la·kā

     pañca ceva amūlakā;

     And five on without proper reason;

650. 650

     दुब्भिक्खेdub·bhik·khe कुरमंसञ्च,ku·ra·maṃ·sañ·ca

     Dubbhikkhe kuramaṁsañca,

     Cooked rice during a shortage of food, and meat,

651. 651

     पूवसक्खलिमोदका।pū·va·sak·kha·li·mo·da·kā

     pūvasakkhalimodakā.

     Cookies, pastries, cakes.

652. 652

     छपरिक्खारथविका,cha·pa·rik·khā·ra·tha·vi·kā

     Chaparikkhārathavikā,

     Six on requisites, and bag,

653. 653

     भिसिवंसाbhi·si·vaṃ·sā नna निक्खमे;nik·kha·me

     bhisivaṁsā na nikkhame;

     Mattress, bamboo, on not coming out;

654. 654

     खादनीयञ्चkhā·da·nī·yañ·ca विस्सासं,vis·sā·saṃ

     Khādanīyañca vissāsaṁ,

     And taking fresh food on trust,

655. 655

     ससञ्ञायपरेsa·sañ·ñā·ya·pa·re दुवे।du·ve

     sasaññāyapare duve.

     Another two on perceiving as one’s own.

656. 656

     सत्तsat·ta नावहरामाति,nā·va·ha·rā·mā·ti

     Satta nāvaharāmāti,

     Seven on ‘We didn’t steal,’

657. 657

     सत्तsat·ta चेवce·va अवाहरुं;a·vā·ha·ruṃ

     satta ceva avāharuṁ;

     And seven where they did steal;

658. 658

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa अवहरुंa·va·ha·ruṃ सत्त,sat·ta

     Saṅghassa avaharuṁ satta,

     Seven where they stole from the Sangha,

659. 659

     पुप्फेहिpup·phe·hi अपरेa·pa·re दुवे।du·ve

     pupphehi apare duve.

     Another two with flowers.

660. 660

     तयोta·yo चca वुत्तवादिनो,vut·ta·vā·di·no

     Tayo ca vuttavādino,

     And three on taking messages,

661. 661

     मणिma·ṇi तीणिtī·ṇi अतिक्कमे;a·tik·ka·me

     maṇi tīṇi atikkame;

     Three on taking gems past;

662. 662

     सूकराsū·ka·rā चca मिगाmi·gā मच्छा,mac·chā

     Sūkarā ca migā macchā,

     And pigs, deer, fish,

663. 663

     यानञ्चापिyā·nañ·cā·pi पवत्तयि।pa·vat·ta·yi

     yānañcāpi pavattayi.

     And he set a vehicle in motion.

664. 664

     दुवेdu·ve पेसीpe·sī दुवेdu·ve दारू,dā·rū

     Duve pesī duve dārū,

     Two on a piece, two on wood,

665. 665

     पंसुकूलंpaṃ·su·kū·laṃ दुवेdu·ve दका;da·kā

     paṁsukūlaṁ duve dakā;

     Discarded, two on water;

666. 666

     अनुपुब्बविधानेन,a·nu·pub·ba·vi·dhā·ne·na

     Anupubbavidhānena,

     Step by step, by arrangement,

667. 667

     तदञ्ञोta·dañ·ño नna परिपूरयि।pa·ri·pū·ra·yi

     tadañño na paripūrayi.

     Another did not amount to it.

668. 668

     सावत्थियाsā·vat·thi·yā चतुरोca·tu·ro मुट्ठी,muṭ·ṭhī

     Sāvatthiyā caturo muṭṭhī,

     Four handfuls at Sāvatthī,

669. 669

     द्वेdve विघासाvi·ghā·sā दुवेdu·ve तिणा;ti·ṇā

     dve vighāsā duve tiṇā;

     Two on kills, two about grass;

670. 670

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa भाजयुंbhā·ja·yuṃ सत्त,sat·ta

     Saṅghassa bhājayuṁ satta,

     Seven where they divided the belongings of the Sangha,

671. 671

     सत्तsat·ta चेवce·va अस्सामिका।as·sā·mi·kā

     satta ceva assāmikā.

     And seven on non-owners.

672. 672

     दारुदकाdā·ru·da·kā मत्तिकाmat·ti·kā द्वेdve तिणानि,ti·ṇā·ni

     Dārudakā mattikā dve tiṇāni,

     Wood, water, clay, two on grass,

673. 673

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa सत्तsat·ta अवहासिa·va·hā·si सेय्यं;sey·yaṃ

     Saṅghassa satta avahāsi seyyaṁ;

     Seven on stealing the Sangha’s bedding;

674. 674

     सस्सामिकंsas·sā·mi·kaṃ नna चापिcā·pi नीहरेय्य,nī·ha·rey·ya

     Sassāmikaṁ na cāpi nīhareyya,

     And one should not take away what has an owner,

675. 675

     हरेय्यha·rey·ya सस्सामिकंsas·sā·mi·kaṃ तावकालिकं।tā·va·kā·li·kaṃ

     Hareyya sassāmikaṁ tāvakālikaṁ.

     One may borrow what has an owner.

676. 676

     चम्पाcam·pā राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he चेव,ce·va

     Campā rājagahe ceva,

     Campā, and in Rājagaha,

677. 677

     वेसालियाve·sā·li·yā चca अज्जुको;aj·ju·ko

     vesāliyā ca ajjuko;

     And Ajjuka at Vesālī;

678. 678

     बाराणसीbā·rā·ṇa·sī चca कोसम्बी,ko·sam·bī

     Bārāṇasī ca kosambī,

     And Benares, Kosambī,

679. 679

     सागलाsā·ga·lā दळ्हिकेनda·ḷhi·ke·na चाति।cā·ti

     sāgalā daḷhikena cāti.

     And Sāgalā with Daḷhika.”

680. 680

     2।2। विनीतवत्थुvi·nī·ta·vat·thu

     2.2. Vinītavatthu

     Case studies

681. 681

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū रजकत्थरणंra·ja·kat·tha·ra·ṇaṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā रजकभण्डिकंra·ja·ka·bhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ अवहरिंसु।a·va·ha·riṃ·su

     Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rajakattharaṇaṁ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṁ avahariṁsu.

     On one occasion the monks from the group of six went to the dyers and stole their collection of cloth.

682. 682

     तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसि—a·ho·si

     Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi—

     They became anxious, thinking,

683. 683

     “भगवताbha·ga·va·tā सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं।pañ·ñat·taṃ

     “bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ.

     “The Buddha has laid down a training rule.

684. 684

     कच्चिkac·ci नुnu खोkho मयंma·yaṃ पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्ना”ति।ā·pan·nā

     Kacci nu kho mayaṁ pārājikaṁ āpattiṁ āpannā”ti.

     Could it be that we’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion?”

685. 685

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     They told the Buddha.

686. 686

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आपन्नाā·pan·nā पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “Āpattiṁ tumhe, bhikkhave, āpannā pārājikan”ti.

     “Monks, you have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

687. 687

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu रजकत्थरणंra·ja·kat·tha·ra·ṇaṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā महग्घंma·hag·ghaṃ दुस्संdus·saṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā थेय्यचित्तंthey·ya·cit·taṃ उप्पादेसि।up·pā·de·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rajakattharaṇaṁ gantvā mahagghaṁ dussaṁ passitvā theyyacittaṁ uppādesi.

     On one occasion a monk went to the dyers, saw a valuable cloth, and had the intention to steal it.

688. 688

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसि—a·ho·si

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi—

     He became anxious …

689. 689

     “भगवताbha·ga·va·tā सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं,pañ·ñat·taṃ

     “bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ,

     “The Buddha has laid down a training rule.

690. 690

     कच्चिkac·ci नुnu खोkho अहंa·haṃ पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ आपन्नो”ति?ā·pan·no

     kacci nu kho ahaṁ pārājikaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno”ti?

     Could it be that I’ve committed an offense entailing expulsion?”

691. 691

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

     He told the Buddha.

692. 692

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu चित्तुप्पादे”ति।cit·tup·pā·de

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, cittuppāde”ti.

     “There’s no offense for the arising of a thought.”

693. 693

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu रजकत्थरणंra·ja·kat·tha·ra·ṇaṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā महग्घंma·hag·ghaṃ दुस्संdus·saṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसि।ā·ma·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rajakattharaṇaṁ gantvā mahagghaṁ dussaṁ passitvā theyyacitto āmasi.

     On one occasion a monk went to the dyers, saw a valuable cloth, and touched it, intending to steal it.

694. 694

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

695. 695

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

696. 696

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

697. 697

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu रजकत्थरणंra·ja·kat·tha·ra·ṇaṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā महग्घंma·hag·ghaṃ दुस्संdus·saṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to फन्दापेसि।phan·dā·pe·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rajakattharaṇaṁ gantvā mahagghaṁ dussaṁ passitvā theyyacitto phandāpesi.

     On one occasion a monk went to the dyers, saw a valuable cloth, and made it stir, intending to steal it.

698. 698

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

699. 699

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

700. 700

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti थुल्लच्चयस्सा”ति।thul·lac·ca·yas·sā

     Āpatti thullaccayassā”ti.

     but there’s a serious offense.”

701. 701

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu रजकत्थरणंra·ja·kat·tha·ra·ṇaṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā महग्घंma·hag·ghaṃ दुस्संdus·saṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to ठानाṭhā·nā चावेसि।cā·ve·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rajakattharaṇaṁ gantvā mahagghaṁ dussaṁ passitvā theyyacitto ṭhānā cāvesi.

     On one occasion a monk went to the dyers, saw a valuable cloth, and moved it from its base, intending to steal it.

702. 702

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

703. 703

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

704. 704

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro पिण्डचारिकोpiṇ·ḍa·cā·ri·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu महग्घंma·hag·ghaṃ उत्तरत्थरणंut·ta·rat·tha·ra·ṇaṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā थेय्यचित्तंthey·ya·cit·taṃ उप्पादेसिup·pā·de·si …पे…pe

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu mahagghaṁ uttarattharaṇaṁ passitvā theyyacittaṁ uppādesi …pe…

     On one occasion an alms-collecting monk saw a valuable bedspread and had the intention to steal it. … “There’s no offense for the arising of a thought.” …

705. 705

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसिā·ma·si …पे…pe

     theyyacitto āmasi …pe…

     and touched it, intending to steal it. … “There’s no offense entailing expulsion, but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.” …

706. 706

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to फन्दापेसिphan·dā·pe·si …पे…pe

     theyyacitto phandāpesi …pe…

     and made it stir, intending to steal it. … “There’s no offense entailing expulsion, but there’s a serious offense.” …

707. 707

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to ठानाṭhā·nā चावेसि।cā·ve·si

     theyyacitto ṭhānā cāvesi.

     and moved it from its base, intending to steal it. …

708. 708

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     (Pāli only)

709. 709

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

710. 710

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu दिवाdi·vā भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā निमित्तंni·mit·taṃ अकासि—a·kā·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā bhaṇḍaṁ passitvā nimittaṁ akāsi—

     On one occasion a monk saw some goods during the day. He took note of them with the thought,

711. 711

     “रत्तिंrat·tiṃ अवहरिस्सामी”ति।a·va·ha·ris·sā·mī

     “rattiṁ avaharissāmī”ti.

     “I’ll steal them at night.”

712. 712

     सोso तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …पे…pe

     So taṁ maññamāno taṁ avahari …pe…

     And he stole them, thinking they were the ones he had seen. …

713. 713

     तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …पे…pe

     taṁ maññamāno aññaṁ avahari …pe…

     But he stole other goods, thinking they were the ones he had seen. …

714. 714

     अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …पे…pe

     aññaṁ maññamāno taṁ avahari …pe…

     And he stole them, thinking they were other than the ones he had seen. …

715. 715

     अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     aññaṁ maññamāno aññaṁ avahari.

     But he stole other goods, thinking they were other than the ones he had seen.

716. 716

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

717. 717

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

718. 718

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu दिवाdi·vā भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā निमित्तंni·mit·taṃ अकासि—a·kā·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā bhaṇḍaṁ passitvā nimittaṁ akāsi—

     On one occasion a monk saw some goods during the day. He took note of them with the thought,

719. 719

     “रत्तिंrat·tiṃ अवहरिस्सामी”ति।a·va·ha·ris·sā·mī

     “rattiṁ avaharissāmī”ti.

     “I’ll steal them at night.”

720. 720

     सोso तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अत्तनोat·ta·no भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     So taṁ maññamāno attano bhaṇḍaṁ avahari.

     But he stole his own goods, thinking they were the ones he had seen.

721. 721

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

722. 722

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

723. 723

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

724. 724

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञस्सañ·ñas·sa भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ हरन्तोha·ran·to सीसेsī·se भारंbhā·raṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसिā·ma·si …पे…pe

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññassa bhaṇḍaṁ haranto sīse bhāraṁ theyyacitto āmasi …pe…

     On one occasion a monk who was carrying the goods of another on his head touched the load, intending to steal it. … “There’s no offense entailing expulsion, but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.” …

725. 725

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to फन्दापेसिphan·dā·pe·si …पे…pe

     theyyacitto phandāpesi …pe…

     made it stir, intending to steal it. … “There’s no offense entailing expulsion, but there’s a serious offense.” …

726. 726

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to खन्धंkhan·dhaṃ ओरोपेसिo·ro·pe·si …पे…pe

     theyyacitto khandhaṁ oropesi …pe…

     lowered it onto his shoulder, intending to steal it. … “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

727. 727

     खन्धेkhan·dhe भारंbhā·raṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसिā·ma·si …पे…pe

     khandhe bhāraṁ theyyacitto āmasi …pe…

     … touched the load on the shoulder, intending to steal it. … “There’s no offense entailing expulsion, but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.” …

728. 728

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to फन्दापेसिphan·dā·pe·si …पे…pe

     theyyacitto phandāpesi …pe…

     made it stir, intending to steal it. … “There’s no offense entailing expulsion, but there’s a serious offense.” …

729. 729

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to कटिंka·ṭiṃ ओरोपेसिo·ro·pe·si …पे…pe

     theyyacitto kaṭiṁ oropesi …pe…

     lowered it onto his hip, intending to steal it. … “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

730. 730

     कटियाka·ṭi·yā भारंbhā·raṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to आमसिā·ma·si …पे…pe

     kaṭiyā bhāraṁ theyyacitto āmasi …pe…

     … touched the load on the hip, intending to steal it. … “There’s no offense entailing expulsion, but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.” …

731. 731

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to फन्दापेसिphan·dā·pe·si …पे…pe

     theyyacitto phandāpesi …pe…

     made it stir, intending to steal it. … “There’s no offense entailing expulsion, but there’s a serious offense.” …

732. 732

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to हत्थेनhat·the·na अग्गहेसिag·ga·he·si …पे…pe

     theyyacitto hatthena aggahesi …pe…

     took hold of it with his hand, intending to steal it. … “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

733. 733

     हत्थेhat·the भारंbhā·raṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to भूमियंbhū·mi·yaṃ निक्खिपिnik·khi·pi …पे…pe

     hatthe bhāraṁ theyyacitto bhūmiyaṁ nikkhipi …pe…

     … placed the load in his hand on the ground, intending to steal it. … “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.” …

734. 734

     थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to भूमितोbhū·mi·to अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

     theyyacitto bhūmito aggahesi.

     picked it up from the ground, intending to steal it. …

735. 735

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     (Pāli only)

736. 736

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

737. 737

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अज्झोकासेaj·jho·kā·se चीवरंcī·va·raṃ पत्थरित्वाpat·tha·rit·vā विहारंvi·hā·raṃ पाविसि।pā·vi·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ajjhokāse cīvaraṁ pattharitvā vihāraṁ pāvisi.

     On one occasion a monk spread out his robe outside and entered his dwelling.

738. 738

     अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खु—bhik·khu “मायिदंmā·yi·daṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ नस्सी”ति,nas·sī पटिसामेसि।pa·ṭi·sā·me·si

     Aññataro bhikkhu— “māyidaṁ cīvaraṁ nassī”ti, paṭisāmesi.

     Another monk, thinking, “Let me look after it,” put it away.

739. 739

     सोso निक्खमित्वाnik·kha·mit·vā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पुच्छि—puc·chi “आवुसो,ā·vu·so मय्हंmay·haṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ केनke·na अवहटन्”ति?a·va·ha·ṭan

     So nikkhamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ pucchi— “āvuso, mayhaṁ cīvaraṁ kena avahaṭan”ti?

     The first monk came out of his dwelling and asked the monks, “Who’s taken my robe?”

740. 740

     सोso एवमाह—e·va·mā·ha “मयाma·yā अवहटन्”ति।a·va·ha·ṭan

     So evamāha— “mayā avahaṭan”ti.

     The other monk said, “I’ve taken it.”

741. 741

     “सोso तंtaṃ आदियि,ā·di·yi अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “So taṁ ādiyi, assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     The first monk took hold of him and said, “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

742. 742

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe….

     The other monk became anxious …

743. 743

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

     He told the Buddha.

744. 744

     “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

     “Kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

     “What were you thinking?”

745. 745

     “निरुत्तिपथोni·rut·ti·pa·tho अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

     “Niruttipatho ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

     “Sir, it was just a way of speaking.”

746. 746

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu निरुत्तिपथे”ति।ni·rut·ti·pa·the

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, niruttipathe”ti.

     “If it was just a way of speaking, there’s no offense.”

747. 747

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पीठेpī·ṭhe चीवरंcī·va·raṃ निक्खिपित्वा।nik·khi·pit·vā

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pīṭhe cīvaraṁ nikkhipitvā.

     On one occasion a monk placed his robe on a bench …

748. 748

     पीठेpī·ṭhe निसीदनंni·sī·da·naṃ निक्खिपित्वाnik·khi·pit·vā …

     Pīṭhe nisīdanaṁ nikkhipitvā …

     placed his sitting mat on a bench …

749. 749

     हेट्ठापीठेheṭ·ṭhā·pī·ṭhe पत्तंpat·taṃ निक्खिपित्वाnik·khi·pit·vā विहारंvi·hā·raṃ पाविसि।pā·vi·si

     heṭṭhāpīṭhe pattaṁ nikkhipitvā vihāraṁ pāvisi.

     put his almsbowl under a bench and entered his dwelling.

750. 750

     अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खु—bhik·khu “मायंmā·yaṃ पत्तोpat·to नस्सी”तिnas·sī पटिसामेसि।pa·ṭi·sā·me·si

     Aññataro bhikkhu— “māyaṁ patto nassī”ti paṭisāmesi.

     Another monk, thinking, “Let me look after it,” put it away.

751. 751

     सोso निक्खमित्वाnik·kha·mit·vā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पुच्छि—puc·chi “आवुसो,ā·vu·so मय्हंmay·haṃ पत्तोpat·to केनke·na अवहटो”ति?a·va·ha·ṭo

     So nikkhamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ pucchi— “āvuso, mayhaṁ patto kena avahaṭo”ti?

     The first monk came out and asked the monks, “Who’s taken my bowl?”

752. 752

     सोso एवमाह—e·va·mā·ha “मयाma·yā अवहटो”ति।a·va·ha·ṭo

     So evamāha— “mayā avahaṭo”ti.

     The other monk said, “I’ve taken it.”

753. 753

     सोso तंtaṃ आदियि,ā·di·yi “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     So taṁ ādiyi, “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     The first monk took hold of him and said, “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

754. 754

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     The other monk became anxious …

755. 755

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu निरुत्तिपथे”ति।ni·rut·ti·pa·the

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, niruttipathe”ti.

     “If it was just a way of speaking, there’s no offense.”

756. 756

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतराañ·ña·ta·rā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī वतियाva·ti·yā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ पत्थरित्वाpat·tha·rit·vā विहारंvi·hā·raṃ पाविसि।pā·vi·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī vatiyā cīvaraṁ pattharitvā vihāraṁ pāvisi.

     On one occasion a nun spread out her robe on a fence and entered her dwelling.

757. 757

     अञ्ञतराañ·ña·ta·rā भिक्खुनी—bhik·khu·nī “मायिदंmā·yi·daṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ नस्सी”तिnas·sī पटिसामेसि।pa·ṭi·sā·me·si

     Aññatarā bhikkhunī— “māyidaṁ cīvaraṁ nassī”ti paṭisāmesi.

     Another nun, thinking, “Let me look after it,” put it away.

758. 758

     साsā निक्खमित्वाnik·kha·mit·vā तंtaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ पुच्छि—puc·chi

     Sā nikkhamitvā taṁ bhikkhuniṁ pucchi—

     The first nun came out and asked the nuns,

759. 759

     “अय्ये,ay·ye मय्हंmay·haṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ केनke·na अवहटन्”ति?a·va·ha·ṭan

     “ayye, mayhaṁ cīvaraṁ kena avahaṭan”ti?

     “Venerables, who’s taken my robe?”

760. 760

     साsā एवमाह—e·va·mā·ha “मयाma·yā अवहटन्”ति।a·va·ha·ṭan

     Sā evamāha— “mayā avahaṭan”ti.

     The other nun said, “I’ve taken it.”

761. 761

     “साsā तंtaṃ आदियि,ā·di·yi अस्समणीसिas·sa·ma·ṇī·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “Sā taṁ ādiyi, assamaṇīsi tvan”ti.

     The first nun took hold of her and said, “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

762. 762

     तस्साtas·sā कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

     Tassā kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe….

     The other nun became anxious …

763. 763

     अथa·tha खोkho साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीनंbhik·khu·nī·naṃ एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

     Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

     She told the nuns,

764. 764

     भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     who in turn told the monks,

765. 765

     भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुंā·ro·ce·suṃ …पे…pe

     Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

     who in turn told the Buddha. …

766. 766

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve निरुत्तिपथे”ति।ni·rut·ti·pa·the

     “anāpatti, bhikkhave, niruttipathe”ti.

     “If it was just a way of speaking, there’s no offense.”

767. 767

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu वातमण्डलिकायvā·ta·maṇ·ḍa·li·kā·ya उक्खित्तंuk·khit·taṃ साटकंsā·ṭa·kaṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā सामिकानंsā·mi·kā·naṃ दस्सामीति,das·sā·mī·ti अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vātamaṇḍalikāya ukkhittaṁ sāṭakaṁ passitvā sāmikānaṁ dassāmīti, aggahesi.

     On one occasion a monk saw a wrap garment blown up by a whirlwind. He took hold of it, thinking, “I’ll give it to the owners.”

768. 768

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

     Sāmikā taṁ bhikkhuṁ codesuṁ—

     But the owners accused him, saying,

769. 769

     “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

770. 770

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

771. 771

     “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

     “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

     “What were you thinking, monk?”

772. 772

     “अथेय्यचित्तोa·they·ya·cit·to अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

     “Atheyyacitto ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

     “I didn’t intend to steal it, sir.”

773. 773

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अथेय्यचित्तस्सा”ति।a·they·ya·cit·tas·sā

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, atheyyacittassā”ti.

     “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to steal.”

774. 774

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu वातमण्डलिकायvā·ta·maṇ·ḍa·li·kā·ya उक्खित्तंuk·khit·taṃ वेठनंve·ṭha·naṃ पस्सित्वा—pas·sit·vā

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vātamaṇḍalikāya ukkhittaṁ veṭhanaṁ passitvā—

     On one occasion a monk took hold of a turban that had been blown up by a whirlwind,

775. 775

     “पुरेpu·re सामिकाsā·mi·kā पस्सन्ती”तिpas·san·tī थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

     “pure sāmikā passantī”ti theyyacitto aggahesi.

     intending to steal it before the owners found out.

776. 776

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

     Sāmikā taṁ bhikkhuṁ codesuṁ—

     The owners accused him, saying,

777. 777

     “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

778. 778

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

779. 779

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

780. 780

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सुसानंsu·sā·naṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā अभिन्नेa·bhin·ne सरीरेsa·rī·re पंसुकूलंpaṃ·su·kū·laṃ अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu susānaṁ gantvā abhinne sarīre paṁsukūlaṁ aggahesi.

     On one occasion a monk went to a charnel ground and took the rags from a fresh corpse.

781. 781

     तस्मिञ्चtas·miñ·ca सरीरेsa·rī·re पेतोpe·to अधिवत्थोa·dhi·vat·tho होति।ho·ti

     Tasmiñca sarīre peto adhivattho hoti.

     The ghost was still dwelling in that body,

782. 782

     अथa·tha खोkho सोso पेतोpe·to तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

     Atha kho so peto taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

     and it said to the monk,

783. 783

     “मा,mā भन्ते,bhan·te मय्हंmay·haṃ साटकंsā·ṭa·kaṃ अग्गहेसी”ति।ag·ga·he·sī

     “mā, bhante, mayhaṁ sāṭakaṁ aggahesī”ti.

     “Sir, don’t take my wrap.”

784. 784

     सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu अनादियन्तोa·nā·di·yan·to अगमासि।a·ga·mā·si

     So bhikkhu anādiyanto agamāsi.

     The monk took no notice and left.

785. 785

     अथa·tha खोkho तंtaṃ सरीरंsa·rī·raṃ उट्ठहित्वाuṭ·ṭha·hit·vā तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पिट्ठितोpiṭ·ṭhi·to पिट्ठितोpiṭ·ṭhi·to अनुबन्धि।a·nu·ban·dhi

     Atha kho taṁ sarīraṁ uṭṭhahitvā tassa bhikkhuno piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.

     Then the corpse got up and followed behind that monk.

786. 786

     अथa·tha खोkho सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu विहारंvi·hā·raṃ पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā द्वारंdvā·raṃ थकेसि।tha·ke·si

     Atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṁ pavisitvā dvāraṁ thakesi.

     The monk entered his dwelling and closed the door,

787. 787

     अथa·tha खोkho तंtaṃ सरीरंsa·rī·raṃ तत्थेवtat·the·va परिपति।pa·ri·pa·ti

     Atha kho taṁ sarīraṁ tattheva paripati.

     and the corpse collapsed right there.

788. 788

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

789. 789

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

790. 790

     नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अभिन्नेa·bhin·ne सरीरेsa·rī·re पंसुकूलंpaṃ·su·kū·laṃ गहेतब्बं।ga·he·tab·baṃ

     Na ca, bhikkhave, abhinne sarīre paṁsukūlaṁ gahetabbaṁ.

     But a monk shouldn’t take rags from a fresh corpse.

791. 791

     योyo गण्हेय्य,gaṇ·hey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo gaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If he does, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”

792. 792

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa चीवरेcī·va·re भाजीयमानेbhā·jī·ya·mā·ne थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to कुसंku·saṃ सङ्कामेत्वाsaṅ·kā·met·vā चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa cīvare bhājīyamāne theyyacitto kusaṁ saṅkāmetvā cīvaraṁ aggahesi.

     On one occasion robe-cloth belonging to the Sangha was being distributed. A monk disregarded the draw and took the robe-cloth, intending to steal it.

793. 793

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

794. 794

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

795. 795

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आयस्माā·yas·mā आनन्दोā·nan·do जन्ताघरेjan·tā·gha·re अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no अन्तरवासकंan·ta·ra·vā·sa·kaṃ अत्तनोat·ta·no मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no निवासेसि।ni·vā·se·si

     Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando jantāghare aññatarassa bhikkhuno antaravāsakaṁ attano maññamāno nivāsesi.

     On one occasion when Venerable Ānanda was in a sauna, he thought the sarong of another monk was his own and put it on.

796. 796

     अथa·tha खोkho सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ आनन्दंā·nan·daṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

     Atha kho so bhikkhu āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca—

     The other monk said,

797. 797

     “किस्सkis·sa मेme त्वं,tvaṃ आवुसोā·vu·so आनन्द,ā·nan·da अन्तरवासकंan·ta·ra·vā·sa·kaṃ निवासेसी”ति?ni·vā·se·sī

     “kissa me tvaṁ, āvuso ānanda, antaravāsakaṁ nivāsesī”ti?

     “Ānanda, why did you put on my sarong?”

798. 798

     “सकसञ्ञीsa·ka·sañ·ñī अहं,a·haṃ आवुसो”ति।ā·vu·so

     “Sakasaññī ahaṁ, āvuso”ti.

     “I thought it was my own.”

799. 799

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     They told the Buddha.

800. 800

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सकसञ्ञिस्सा”ति।sa·ka·sañ·ñis·sā

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, sakasaññissā”ti.

     “There’s no offense for one who perceives it as his own.”

801. 801

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्ताo·ro·han·tā सीहविघासंsī·ha·vi·ghā·saṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā पचापेत्वाpa·cā·pet·vā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

     Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohantā sīhavighāsaṁ passitvā pacāpetvā paribhuñjiṁsu.

     On one occasion a number of monks were descending from the Vulture Peak when they saw the remains of a lion’s kill. They had it cooked and ate it.

802. 802

     तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     They became anxious …

803. 803

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सीहविघासे”ति।sī·ha·vi·ghā·se

     “anāpatti, bhikkhave, sīhavighāse”ti.

     “There’s no offense when it’s the remains of a lion’s kill.”

804. 804

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū गिज्झकूटाgij·jha·kū·ṭā पब्बताpab·ba·tā ओरोहन्ताo·ro·han·tā ब्यग्घविघासंbyag·gha·vi·ghā·saṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā …

     Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohantā byagghavighāsaṁ passitvā …

     On one occasion a number of monks were descending from the Vulture Peak when they saw the remains of a tiger’s kill …

805. 805

     दीपिविघासंdī·pi·vi·ghā·saṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā …

     dīpivighāsaṁ passitvā …

     saw the remains of a panther’s kill …

806. 806

     तरच्छविघासंta·rac·cha·vi·ghā·saṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā …

     taracchavighāsaṁ passitvā …

     saw the remains of a hyena’s kill …

807. 807

     कोकविघासंko·ka·vi·ghā·saṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā पचापेत्वाpa·cā·pet·vā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

     kokavighāsaṁ passitvā pacāpetvā paribhuñjiṁsu.

     saw the remains of a wolf’s kill. They had it cooked and ate it.

808. 808

     तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     They became anxious …

809. 809

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve तिरच्छानगतपरिग्गहे”ति।ti·rac·chā·na·ga·ta·pa·rig·ga·he

     “anāpatti, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatapariggahe”ti.

     “There’s no offense when it’s the possession of an animal.”

810. 810

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa ओदनेo·da·ne भाजीयमाने—bhā·jī·ya·mā·ne

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa odane bhājīyamāne—

     On one occasion, when rice belonging to the Sangha was being distributed,

811. 811

     “अपरस्सa·pa·ras·sa भागंbhā·gaṃ देही”तिde·hī अमूलकंa·mū·la·kaṃ अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

     “aparassa bhāgaṁ dehī”ti amūlakaṁ aggahesi.

     a monk said without grounds, “Please give me a portion for one more,” and he took it away.

812. 812

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

813. 813

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

814. 814

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti सम्पजानमुसावादेsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·de पाचित्तियस्सा”ति।pā·cit·ti·yas·sā

     Āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā”ti.

     but there’s an offense entailing confession for lying in full awareness.”

815. 815

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa खादनीयेkhā·da·nī·ye भाजीयमानेbhā·jī·ya·mā·ne …

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa khādanīye bhājīyamāne …

     On one occasion, when fresh food belonging to the Sangha was being distributed …

816. 816

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पूवेpū·ve भाजीयमानेbhā·jī·ya·mā·ne …

     saṅghassa pūve bhājīyamāne …

     when cookies belonging to the Sangha were being distributed …

817. 817

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa उच्छुम्हिuc·chum·hi भाजीयमानेbhā·jī·ya·mā·ne …

     saṅghassa ucchumhi bhājīyamāne …

     when sugarcane belonging to the Sangha was being distributed …

818. 818

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa तिम्बरूसकेtim·ba·rū·sa·ke भाजीयमाने—bhā·jī·ya·mā·ne

     saṅghassa timbarūsake bhājīyamāne—

     when gaub fruits belonging to the Sangha were being distributed,

819. 819

     “अपरस्सa·pa·ras·sa भागंbhā·gaṃ देही”तिde·hī अमूलकंa·mū·la·kaṃ अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

     “aparassa bhāgaṁ dehī”ti amūlakaṁ aggahesi.

     a monk said without grounds, “Please give me a portion for one more,” and he took it away.

820. 820

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe….

     He became anxious …

821. 821

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

822. 822

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti सम्पजानमुसावादेsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·de पाचित्तियस्सा”ति।pā·cit·ti·yas·sā

     Āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā”ti.

     but there’s an offense entailing confession for lying in full awareness.”

823. 823

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu दुब्भिक्खेdub·bhik·khe ओदनीयघरंo·da·nī·ya·gha·raṃ पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā पत्तपूरंpat·ta·pū·raṃ ओदनंo·da·naṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dubbhikkhe odanīyagharaṁ pavisitvā pattapūraṁ odanaṁ theyyacitto avahari.

     On one occasion during a shortage of food, a monk entered a rice kitchen and took a bowlful of cooked rice, intending to steal it.

824. 824

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

825. 825

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

826. 826

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu दुब्भिक्खेdub·bhik·khe सूनघरंsū·na·gha·raṃ पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā पत्तपूरंpat·ta·pū·raṃ मंसंmaṃ·saṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dubbhikkhe sūnagharaṁ pavisitvā pattapūraṁ maṁsaṁ theyyacitto avahari.

     On one occasion during a shortage of food, a monk entered a slaughterhouse and took a bowlful of meat, intending to steal it.

827. 827

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

828. 828

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

829. 829

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu दुब्भिक्खेdub·bhik·khe पूवघरंpū·va·gha·raṃ पविसित्वाpa·vi·sit·vā पत्तपूरंpat·ta·pū·raṃ पूवंpū·vaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …पे…pe

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dubbhikkhe pūvagharaṁ pavisitvā pattapūraṁ pūvaṁ theyyacitto avahari …pe…

     On one occasion during a shortage of food, a monk entered a bakery and took a bowlful of cookies, intending to steal it. …

830. 830

     पत्तपूराpat·ta·pū·rā सक्खलियोsak·kha·li·yo थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …पे…pe

     pattapūrā sakkhaliyo theyyacitto avahari …pe…

     took a bowlful of pastries, intending to steal it. …

831. 831

     पत्तपूरेpat·ta·pū·re मोदकेmo·da·ke थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     pattapūre modake theyyacitto avahari.

     took a bowlful of cakes, intending to steal it.

832. 832

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

833. 833

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

834. 834

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu दिवाdi·vā परिक्खारंpa·rik·khā·raṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā निमित्तंni·mit·taṃ अकासि—a·kā·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā parikkhāraṁ passitvā nimittaṁ akāsi—

     On one occasion a certain monk saw a requisite during the day. He took note of it with the thought,

835. 835

     “रत्तिंrat·tiṃ अवहरिस्सामी”ति।a·va·ha·ris·sā·mī

     “rattiṁ avaharissāmī”ti.

     “I’ll steal it at night.”

836. 836

     सोso तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …पे…pe

     So taṁ maññamāno taṁ avahari …pe…

     He then stole it, thinking it was what he had seen …

837. 837

     तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …पे…pe

     taṁ maññamāno aññaṁ avahari …pe…

     He then stole something else, thinking it was what he had seen …

838. 838

     अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no तंtaṃ अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …पे…pe

     aññaṁ maññamāno taṁ avahari …pe…

     He then stole it, thinking it was something other than what he had seen …

839. 839

     अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     aññaṁ maññamāno aññaṁ avahari.

     He then stole something else, thinking it was something other than what he had seen.

840. 840

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

841. 841

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

842. 842

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu दिवाdi·vā परिक्खारंpa·rik·khā·raṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā निमित्तंni·mit·taṃ अकासि—a·kā·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā parikkhāraṁ passitvā nimittaṁ akāsi—

     On one occasion a certain monk saw a requisite during the day. He took note of it with the thought,

843. 843

     “रत्तिंrat·tiṃ अवहरिस्सामी”ति।a·va·ha·ris·sā·mī

     “rattiṁ avaharissāmī”ti.

     “I’ll steal it at night.”

844. 844

     सोso तंtaṃ मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no अत्तनोat·ta·no परिक्खारंpa·rik·khā·raṃ अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     So taṁ maññamāno attano parikkhāraṁ avahari.

     But he stole his own requisite, thinking it was what he had seen.

845. 845

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

846. 846

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

847. 847

     आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

848. 848

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पीठेpī·ṭhe थविकंtha·vi·kaṃ पस्सित्वा—pas·sit·vā

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pīṭhe thavikaṁ passitvā—

     On one occasion a monk saw a bag on a bench.

849. 849

     “इतोi·to गण्हन्तोgaṇ·han·to पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko भविस्सामी”तिbha·vis·sā·mī सहsa·ha पीठकेनpī·ṭha·ke·na सङ्कामेत्वाsaṅ·kā·met·vā अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

     “ito gaṇhanto pārājiko bhavissāmī”ti saha pīṭhakena saṅkāmetvā aggahesi.

     He thought, “If I take it from there I shall be expelled,” and so he took it by moving the bench.

850. 850

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

851. 851

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

852. 852

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa भिसिंbhi·siṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa bhisiṁ theyyacitto avahari.

     On one occasion a monk took a mattress from the Sangha, intending to steal it.

853. 853

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

854. 854

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

855. 855

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu चीवरवंसेcī·va·ra·vaṃ·se चीवरंcī·va·raṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu cīvaravaṁse cīvaraṁ theyyacitto avahari.

     On one occasion a monk took a robe from a bamboo robe rack, intending to steal it.

856. 856

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

857. 857

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

858. 858

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu विहारेvi·hā·re चीवरंcī·va·raṃ अवहरित्वा—a·va·ha·rit·vā

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vihāre cīvaraṁ avaharitvā—

     On one occasion a monk stole a robe in a dwelling.

859. 859

     “इतोi·to निक्खमन्तोnik·kha·man·to पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko भविस्सामी”तिbha·vis·sā·mī विहाराvi·hā·rā नna निक्खमिnik·kha·mi …पे…pe

     “ito nikkhamanto pārājiko bhavissāmī”ti vihārā na nikkhami …pe…

     He thought, “If I come out from here, I shall be expelled,” and he remained in that dwelling.

860. 860

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     They told the Buddha.

861. 861

     “निक्खमिnik·kha·mi वाvā सो,so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मोघपुरिसोmo·gha·pu·ri·so नna वाvā निक्खमि,nik·kha·mi आपत्तिā·pat·ti पाराजिकस्सा”ति।pā·rā·ji·kas·sā

     “Nikkhami vā so, bhikkhave, moghapuriso na vā nikkhami, āpatti pārājikassā”ti.

     “Whether that fool comes out or not, he has committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

862. 862

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na द्वेdve भिक्खूbhik·khū सहायकाsa·hā·ya·kā होन्ति।hon·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sahāyakā honti.

     At one time there were two monks who were friends.

863. 863

     एकोe·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu गामंgā·maṃ पिण्डायpiṇ·ḍā·ya पाविसि।pā·vi·si

     Eko bhikkhu gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.

     One of them went into the village for almsfood.

864. 864

     दुतियोdu·ti·yo भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa खादनीयेkhā·da·nī·ye भाजीयमानेbhā·jī·ya·mā·ne सहायकस्सsa·hā·ya·kas·sa भागंbhā·gaṃ गहेत्वा।ga·het·vā

     Dutiyo bhikkhu saṅghassa khādanīye bhājīyamāne sahāyakassa bhāgaṁ gahetvā.

     When fresh food belonging to the Sangha was being distributed, the other monk took his friend’s portion.

865. 865

     तस्सtas·sa विस्ससन्तोvis·sa·san·to परिभुञ्जि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji

     tassa vissasanto paribhuñji.

     Taking it on trust, he ate it.

866. 866

     सोso जानित्वाjā·nit·vā तंtaṃ चोदेसि—co·de·si

     So jānitvā taṁ codesi—

     When he found out about this, the first monk accused him, saying,

867. 867

     “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

868. 868

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

869. 869

     “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

     “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

     “What were you thinking, monk?”

870. 870

     “विस्सासग्गाहोvis·sā·sag·gā·ho अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

     “Vissāsaggāho ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

     “I took it on trust, sir.”

871. 871

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu विस्सासग्गाहे”ति।vis·sā·sag·gā·he

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, vissāsaggāhe”ti.

     “There’s no offense for one who takes on trust.”

872. 872

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū चीवरकम्मंcī·va·ra·kam·maṃ करोन्ति।ka·ron·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṁ karonti.

     On one occasion a number of monks were making robes.

873. 873

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa खादनीयेkhā·da·nī·ye भाजीयमानेbhā·jī·ya·mā·ne सब्बेसंsab·be·saṃ पटिविसाpa·ṭi·vi·sā आहरित्वाā·ha·rit·vā उपनिक्खित्ताu·pa·nik·khit·tā होन्ति।hon·ti

     Saṅghassa khādanīye bhājīyamāne sabbesaṁ paṭivisā āharitvā upanikkhittā honti.

     When fresh food belonging to the Sangha was being distributed, they took their shares and put them aside.

874. 874

     अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पटिविसंpa·ṭi·vi·saṃ अत्तनोat·ta·no मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no परिभुञ्जि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji

     Aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṭivisaṁ attano maññamāno paribhuñji.

     A certain monk ate another monk’s portion, thinking it was his own.

875. 875

     सोso जानित्वाjā·nit·vā तंtaṃ चोदेसि—co·de·si

     So jānitvā taṁ codesi—

     When the other monk found out about this, he accused him, saying,

876. 876

     “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

877. 877

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

878. 878

     “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

     “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

     “What were you thinking, monk?”

879. 879

     “सकसञ्ञीsa·ka·sañ·ñī अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

     “Sakasaññī ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

     “I thought it was my own, sir.”

880. 880

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu सकसञ्ञिस्सा”ति।sa·ka·sañ·ñis·sā

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, sakasaññissā”ti.

     “There’s no offense for one who perceives it as his own.”

881. 881

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū चीवरकम्मंcī·va·ra·kam·maṃ करोन्ति।ka·ron·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṁ karonti.

     On one occasion a number of monks were making robes.

882. 882

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa खादनीयेkhā·da·nī·ye भाजीयमानेbhā·jī·ya·mā·ne अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पत्तेनpat·te·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पटिविसोpa·ṭi·vi·so आहरित्वाā·ha·rit·vā उपनिक्खित्तोu·pa·nik·khit·to होति।ho·ti

     Saṅghassa khādanīye bhājīyamāne aññatarassa bhikkhuno pattena aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṭiviso āharitvā upanikkhitto hoti.

     When fresh food belonging to the Sangha was being distributed, they brought a certain monk’s share in another monk’s almsbowl and put it aside.

883. 883

     पत्तसामिकोpat·ta·sā·mi·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu अत्तनोat·ta·no मञ्ञमानोmañ·ña·mā·no परिभुञ्जि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji

     Pattasāmiko bhikkhu attano maññamāno paribhuñji.

     The monk who was the owner of the bowl ate the food, thinking it was his own.

884. 884

     सोso जानित्वाjā·nit·vā तंtaṃ चोदेसि—co·de·si

     So jānitvā taṁ codesi—

     When he found out about this, the owner of the food accused him

885. 885

     “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     …

886. 886

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     (Pāli only)

887. 887

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu सकसञ्ञिस्सा”ति।sa·ka·sañ·ñis·sā

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, sakasaññissā”ti.

     “There’s no offense for one who perceives it as his own.”

888. 888

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अम्बचोरकाam·ba·co·ra·kā अम्बंam·baṃ पातेत्वाpā·tet·vā भण्डिकंbhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

     Tena kho pana samayena ambacorakā ambaṁ pātetvā bhaṇḍikaṁ ādāya agamaṁsu.

     On one occasion mango thieves cut down some mangoes, collected them in a bundle, and left.

889. 889

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte चोरकेco·ra·ke अनुबन्धिंसु।a·nu·ban·dhiṃ·su

     Sāmikā te corake anubandhiṁsu.

     The owners pursued them.

890. 890

     चोरकाco·ra·kā सामिकेsā·mi·ke पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā भण्डिकंbhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ पातेत्वाpā·tet·vā पलायिंसु।pa·lā·yiṃ·su

     Corakā sāmike passitvā bhaṇḍikaṁ pātetvā palāyiṁsu.

     When they saw the owners, the thieves dropped the bundle and ran away.

891. 891

     भिक्खूbhik·khū पंसुकूलसञ्ञिनोpaṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñi·no पटिग्गहापेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·hā·pet·vā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

     Bhikkhū paṁsukūlasaññino paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjiṁsu.

     Some monks perceived those mangoes as discarded, had them offered, and ate them.

892. 892

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

     Sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

     But the owners accused them, saying,

893. 893

     “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

     “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

     “You’re not monastics anymore!”

894. 894

     तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     They became anxious …

895. 895

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     They told the Buddha.

896. 896

     “किंचित्ताkiṃ·cit·tā तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे”ति?bhik·kha·ve

     “Kiṁcittā tumhe, bhikkhave”ti?

     “What were you thinking, monks?”

897. 897

     “पंसुकूलसञ्ञिनोpaṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñi·no मयं,ma·yaṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

     “Paṁsukūlasaññino mayaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

     “Sir, we perceived them as discarded.”

898. 898

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पंसुकूलसञ्ञिस्सा”ति।paṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñis·sā

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, paṁsukūlasaññissā”ti.

     “There’s no offense for one who perceives something as discarded.”

899. 899

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na जम्बुचोरकाjam·bu·co·ra·kā …

     Tena kho pana samayena jambucorakā …

     On one occasion rose-apple thieves …

900. 900

     लबुजचोरकाla·bu·ja·co·ra·kā …

     labujacorakā …

     breadfruit thieves …

901. 901

     पनसचोरकाpa·na·sa·co·ra·kā …

     panasacorakā …

     jackfruit thieves …

902. 902

     तालपक्कचोरकाtā·la·pak·ka·co·ra·kā …

     tālapakkacorakā …

     palm-fruit thieves …

903. 903

     उच्छुचोरकाuc·chu·co·ra·kā …

     ucchucorakā …

     sugarcane thieves …

904. 904

     तिम्बरूसकचोरकाtim·ba·rū·sa·ka·co·ra·kā तिम्बरूसकेtim·ba·rū·sa·ke उच्चिनित्वाuc·ci·nit·vā भण्डिकंbhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

     timbarūsakacorakā timbarūsake uccinitvā bhaṇḍikaṁ ādāya agamaṁsu.

     gaub-fruit thieves picked some fruit, collected them in a bundle, and left.

905. 905

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte चोरकेco·ra·ke अनुबन्धिंसु।a·nu·ban·dhiṃ·su

     Sāmikā te corake anubandhiṁsu.

     The owners pursued them.

906. 906

     चोरकाco·ra·kā सामिकेsā·mi·ke पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā भण्डिकंbhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ पातेत्वाpā·tet·vā पलायिंसु।pa·lā·yiṃ·su

     Corakā sāmike passitvā bhaṇḍikaṁ pātetvā palāyiṁsu.

     When they saw the owners, the thieves dropped the bundle and ran away.

907. 907

     भिक्खूbhik·khū पंसुकूलसञ्ञिनोpaṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñi·no पटिग्गहापेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·hā·pet·vā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

     Bhikkhū paṁsukūlasaññino paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjiṁsu.

     Some monks perceived those gaub fruits as discarded, had them offered, and ate them.

908. 908

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

     Sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

     But the owners accused them, saying,

909. 909

     “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

     “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

     “You’re not monastics anymore!”

910. 910

     तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     They became anxious …

911. 911

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पंसुकूलसञ्ञिस्सा”ति।paṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñis·sā

     “anāpatti, bhikkhave, paṁsukūlasaññissā”ti.

     “There’s no offense for one who perceives something as discarded.”

912. 912

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अम्बचोरकाam·ba·co·ra·kā अम्बंam·baṃ पातेत्वाpā·tet·vā भण्डिकंbhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

     Tena kho pana samayena ambacorakā ambaṁ pātetvā bhaṇḍikaṁ ādāya agamaṁsu.

     On one occasion mango thieves cut down some mangoes, collected them in a bundle, and left.

913. 913

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte चोरकेco·ra·ke अनुबन्धिंसु।a·nu·ban·dhiṃ·su

     Sāmikā te corake anubandhiṁsu.

     The owners pursued them.

914. 914

     चोरकाco·ra·kā सामिकेsā·mi·ke पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā भण्डिकंbhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ पातेत्वाpā·tet·vā पलायिंसु।pa·lā·yiṃ·su

     Corakā sāmike passitvā bhaṇḍikaṁ pātetvā palāyiṁsu.

     When they saw the owners, the thieves dropped the bundle and ran away.

915. 915

     भिक्खू—“पुरेbhik·khū सामिकाsā·mi·kā पस्सन्ती”ति,pas·san·tī थेय्यचित्ताthey·ya·cit·tā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

     Bhikkhū—“pure sāmikā passantī”ti, theyyacittā paribhuñjiṁsu.

     Some monks ate them, intending to steal them before the owners found them.

916. 916

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

     Sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

     The owners accused those monks, saying,

917. 917

     “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

     “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

     “You’re not monastics anymore!”

918. 918

     तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     They became anxious …

919. 919

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आपन्नाā·pan·nā पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tumhe, bhikkhave, āpannā pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

920. 920

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na जम्बुचोरकाjam·bu·co·ra·kā …

     Tena kho pana samayena jambucorakā …

     On one occasion rose-apple thieves …

921. 921

     लबुजचोरकाla·bu·ja·co·ra·kā …

     labujacorakā …

     breadfruit thieves …

922. 922

     पनसचोरकाpa·na·sa·co·ra·kā …

     panasacorakā …

     jackfruit thieves …

923. 923

     तालपक्कचोरकाtā·la·pak·ka·co·ra·kā …

     tālapakkacorakā …

     palm-fruit thieves …

924. 924

     उच्छुचोरकाuc·chu·co·ra·kā …

     ucchucorakā …

     sugarcane thieves …

925. 925

     तिम्बरूसकचोरकाtim·ba·rū·sa·ka·co·ra·kā तिम्बरूसकेtim·ba·rū·sa·ke उच्चिनित्वाuc·ci·nit·vā भण्डिकंbhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ आदायā·dā·ya अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

     timbarūsakacorakā timbarūsake uccinitvā bhaṇḍikaṁ ādāya agamaṁsu.

     gaub-fruit thieves picked some fruit, collected them in a bundle, and left.

926. 926

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte चोरकेco·ra·ke अनुबन्धिंसु।a·nu·ban·dhiṃ·su

     Sāmikā te corake anubandhiṁsu.

     The owners pursued them.

927. 927

     चोरकाco·ra·kā सामिकेsā·mi·ke पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā भण्डिकंbhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ पातेत्वाpā·tet·vā पलायिंसु।pa·lā·yiṃ·su

     Corakā sāmike passitvā bhaṇḍikaṁ pātetvā palāyiṁsu.

     When they saw the owners, the thieves dropped the bundle and ran away.

928. 928

     भिक्खू—“पुरेbhik·khū सामिकाsā·mi·kā पस्सन्ती”ति,pas·san·tī थेय्यचित्ताthey·ya·cit·tā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

     Bhikkhū—“pure sāmikā passantī”ti, theyyacittā paribhuñjiṁsu.

     Some monks ate them, intending to steal them before the owners found them.

929. 929

     सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

     Sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

     The owners accused those monks, saying,

930. 930

     “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

     “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

     “You’re not monastics anymore!”

931. 931

     तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     They became anxious …

932. 932

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आपन्नाā·pan·nā पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tumhe, bhikkhave, āpannā pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

933. 933

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa अम्बंam·baṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa ambaṁ theyyacitto avahari …

     On one occasion a monk took a mango from the Sangha, intending to steal it. …

934. 934

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa जम्बुंjam·buṃ …

     saṅghassa jambuṁ …

     a rose apple …

935. 935

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa लबुजंla·bu·jaṃ …

     saṅghassa labujaṁ …

     a breadfruit …

936. 936

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पनसंpa·na·saṃ …

     saṅghassa panasaṁ …

     a jackfruit …

937. 937

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa तालपक्कंtā·la·pak·kaṃ …

     saṅghassa tālapakkaṁ …

     a palm fruit …

938. 938

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa उच्छुंuc·chuṃ …

     saṅghassa ucchuṁ …

     a sugarcane …

939. 939

     सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa तिम्बरूसकंtim·ba·rū·sa·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     saṅghassa timbarūsakaṁ theyyacitto avahari.

     a gaub fruit from the Sangha, intending to steal it.

940. 940

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

941. 941

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

942. 942

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पुप्फारामंpup·phā·rā·maṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā ओचितंo·ci·taṃ पुप्फंpup·phaṃ पञ्चमासग्घनकंpañ·ca·mā·sag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pupphārāmaṁ gantvā ocitaṁ pupphaṁ pañcamāsagghanakaṁ theyyacitto avahari.

     On one occasion a monk went to a garden and took a cut flower worth five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins, intending to steal it.

943. 943

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

944. 944

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

945. 945

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पुप्फारामंpup·phā·rā·maṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā पुप्फंpup·phaṃ ओचिनित्वाo·ci·nit·vā पञ्चमासग्घनकंpañ·ca·mā·sag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pupphārāmaṁ gantvā pupphaṁ ocinitvā pañcamāsagghanakaṁ theyyacitto avahari.

     On one occasion a monk went to a garden, picked a flower worth five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins, and took it away, intending to steal it.

946. 946

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

947. 947

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

948. 948

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गामकंgā·ma·kaṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gāmakaṁ gacchanto aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

     On one occasion a certain monk who was going to the village said to another monk,

949. 949

     “आवुसो,ā·vu·so तुय्हंtuy·haṃ उपट्ठाककुलंu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·ku·laṃ वुत्तोvut·to वज्जेमी”ति।vaj·je·mī

     “āvuso, tuyhaṁ upaṭṭhākakulaṁ vutto vajjemī”ti.

     “I can take a message to the family that supports you.”

950. 950

     सोso गन्त्वाgan·tvā एकंe·kaṃ साटकंsā·ṭa·kaṃ आहरापेत्वाā·ha·rā·pet·vā अत्तनाat·ta·nā परिभुञ्जि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji

     So gantvā ekaṁ sāṭakaṁ āharāpetvā attanā paribhuñji.

     He went there and brought back a wrap garment that he used himself.

951. 951

     सोso जानित्वाjā·nit·vā तंtaṃ चोदेसि—co·de·si

     So jānitvā taṁ codesi—

     When the other monk found out about this, he accused him, saying,

952. 952

     “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

953. 953

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

954. 954

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

955. 955

     नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वुत्तोvut·to वज्जेमीतिvaj·je·mī·ti वत्तब्बो।vat·tab·bo

     Na ca, bhikkhave, vutto vajjemīti vattabbo.

     But you shouldn’t say, ‘I can take a message.’

956. 956

     योyo वदेय्य,va·dey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo vadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

957. 957

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गामकंgā·ma·kaṃ गच्छति।gac·cha·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gāmakaṁ gacchati.

     On one occasion a certain monk was going to the village.

958. 958

     अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

     Aññataro bhikkhu taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

     Another monk said to him,

959. 959

     “आवुसो,ā·vu·so मय्हंmay·haṃ उपट्ठाककुलंu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·ku·laṃ वुत्तोvut·to वज्जेही”ति।vaj·je·hī

     “āvuso, mayhaṁ upaṭṭhākakulaṁ vutto vajjehī”ti.

     “Please take a message to the family that supports me.”

960. 960

     सोso गन्त्वाgan·tvā युगसाटकंyu·ga·sā·ṭa·kaṃ आहरापेत्वाā·ha·rā·pet·vā एकंe·kaṃ अत्तनाat·ta·nā परिभुञ्जि,pa·ri·bhuñ·ji एकंe·kaṃ तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no अदासि।a·dā·si

     So gantvā yugasāṭakaṁ āharāpetvā ekaṁ attanā paribhuñji, ekaṁ tassa bhikkhuno adāsi.

     He went there and brought back a pair of wrap garments. He used one himself and gave the other to the other monk.

961. 961

     सोso जानित्वाjā·nit·vā तंtaṃ चोदेसि—co·de·si

     So jānitvā taṁ codesi—

     When the other monk found out about this, he accused him, saying,

962. 962

     “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

963. 963

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

964. 964

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

965. 965

     नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वुत्तोvut·to वज्जेहीतिvaj·je·hī·ti वत्तब्बो।vat·tab·bo

     Na ca, bhikkhave, vutto vajjehīti vattabbo.

     But you shouldn’t say, ‘Please take a message.’

966. 966

     योyo वदेय्य,va·dey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo vadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

967. 967

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गामकंgā·ma·kaṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gāmakaṁ gacchanto aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

     On one occasion a monk who was going to the village said to another monk,

968. 968

     “आवुसो,ā·vu·so तुय्हंtuy·haṃ उपट्ठाककुलंu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·ku·laṃ वुत्तोvut·to वज्जेमी”ति।vaj·je·mī

     “āvuso, tuyhaṁ upaṭṭhākakulaṁ vutto vajjemī”ti.

     “I can take a message to the family that supports you.”

969. 969

     सोपिso·pi एवमाह—e·va·mā·ha

     Sopi evamāha—

     He replied,

970. 970

     “वुत्तोvut·to वज्जेही”ति।vaj·je·hī

     “vutto vajjehī”ti.

     “Please do.”

971. 971

     सोso गन्त्वाgan·tvā आळ्हकंā·ḷha·kaṃ सप्पिंsap·piṃ तुलंtu·laṃ गुळंgu·ḷaṃ दोणंdo·ṇaṃ तण्डुलंtaṇ·ḍu·laṃ आहरापेत्वाā·ha·rā·pet·vā अत्तनाat·ta·nā परिभुञ्जि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji

     So gantvā āḷhakaṁ sappiṁ tulaṁ guḷaṁ doṇaṁ taṇḍulaṁ āharāpetvā attanā paribhuñji.

     He went there and brought back an <i lang='pi' translate='no'>āḷhaka</i> measure of ghee, a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>tulā</i> measure of sugar, and a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>doṇa</i> measure of husked rice, which he ate himself.

972. 972

     सोso जानित्वाjā·nit·vā तंtaṃ चोदेसि—co·de·si

     So jānitvā taṁ codesi—

     When the other monk found out about this, he accused him, saying,

973. 973

     “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

     “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

     “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

974. 974

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

975. 975

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

     “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

     “There’s no offense entailing expulsion.

976. 976

     नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वुत्तोvut·to वज्जेमीतिvaj·je·mī·ti वत्तब्बो,vat·tab·bo नna चca वुत्तोvut·to वज्जेहीतिvaj·je·hī·ti वत्तब्बो।vat·tab·bo

     Na ca, bhikkhave, vutto vajjemīti vattabbo, na ca vutto vajjehīti vattabbo.

     But you shouldn’t say, ‘I can take a message;’ nor should you say, ‘Please do.’

977. 977

     योyo वदेय्य,va·dey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo vadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

978. 978

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro पुरिसोpu·ri·so महग्घंma·hag·ghaṃ मणिंma·ṇiṃ आदायā·dā·ya अञ्ञतरेनañ·ña·ta·re·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ अद्धानमग्गप्पटिपन्नोad·dhā·na·mag·gap·pa·ṭi·pan·no होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso mahagghaṁ maṇiṁ ādāya aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti.

     At one time a man who was traveling with a monk was carrying a valuable gem.

979. 979

     अथa·tha खोkho सोso पुरिसोpu·ri·so सुङ्कट्ठानंsuṅ·kaṭ·ṭhā·naṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no अजानन्तस्सa·jā·nan·tas·sa थविकायtha·vi·kā·ya मणिंma·ṇiṃ पक्खिपित्वाpak·khi·pit·vā सुङ्कट्ठानंsuṅ·kaṭ·ṭhā·naṃ अतिक्कमित्वाa·tik·ka·mit·vā अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

     Atha kho so puriso suṅkaṭṭhānaṁ passitvā tassa bhikkhuno ajānantassa thavikāya maṇiṁ pakkhipitvā suṅkaṭṭhānaṁ atikkamitvā aggahesi.

     When the man saw a customs station, he put the gem into the monk’s bag without his knowing. When they had gone past the customs station, he retrieved it.

980. 980

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     The monk was anxious …

981. 981

     “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

     “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

     “What were you thinking, monk?”

982. 982

     “नाहं,nā·haṃ भगवा,bha·ga·vā जानामी”ति।jā·nā·mī

     “Nāhaṁ, bhagavā, jānāmī”ti.

     “I didn’t know, sir.”

983. 983

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अजानन्तस्सा”ति।a·jā·nan·tas·sā

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, ajānantassā”ti.

     “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t know.”

984. 984

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro पुरिसोpu·ri·so महग्घंma·hag·ghaṃ मणिंma·ṇiṃ आदायā·dā·ya अञ्ञतरेनañ·ña·ta·re·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ अद्धानमग्गप्पटिपन्नोad·dhā·na·mag·gap·pa·ṭi·pan·no होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso mahagghaṁ maṇiṁ ādāya aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti.

     At one time a man who was traveling with a monk was carrying a valuable gem.

985. 985

     अथa·tha खोkho सोso पुरिसोpu·ri·so सुङ्कट्ठानंsuṅ·kaṭ·ṭhā·naṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā गिलानालयंgi·lā·nā·la·yaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā अत्तनोat·ta·no भण्डिकंbhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no अदासि।a·dā·si

     Atha kho so puriso suṅkaṭṭhānaṁ passitvā gilānālayaṁ karitvā attano bhaṇḍikaṁ tassa bhikkhuno adāsi.

     When the man saw a customs station, he pretended to be sick, and gave his own bag to the monk.

986. 986

     अथa·tha खोkho सोso पुरिसोpu·ri·so सुङ्कट्ठानंsuṅ·kaṭ·ṭhā·naṃ अतिक्कमित्वाa·tik·ka·mit·vā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

     Atha kho so puriso suṅkaṭṭhānaṁ atikkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—

     When they had passed the customs station, he said to the monk,

987. 987

     “आहरā·ha·ra मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te भण्डिकं;bhaṇ·ḍi·kaṃ नाहंnā·haṃ अकल्लको”ति।a·kal·la·ko

     “āhara me, bhante, bhaṇḍikaṁ; nāhaṁ akallako”ti.

     “Please give me my bag, sir, I’m not sick.”

988. 988

     “किस्सkis·sa पनpa·na त्वं,tvaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ अकासी”ति?a·kā·sī

     “Kissa pana tvaṁ, āvuso, evarūpaṁ akāsī”ti?

     “Then why did you say so?”

989. 989

     अथa·tha खोkho सोso पुरिसोpu·ri·so तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

     Atha kho so puriso tassa bhikkhuno etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

     The man told the monk.

990. 990

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

991. 991

     “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

     “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

     “What were you thinking, monk?”

992. 992

     “नाहं,nā·haṃ भगवा,bha·ga·vā जानामी”ति।jā·nā·mī

     “Nāhaṁ, bhagavā, jānāmī”ti.

     “I didn’t know, sir.”

993. 993

     “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अजानन्तस्सा”ति।a·jā·nan·tas·sā

     “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, ajānantassā”ti.

     “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t know.”

994. 994

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सत्थेनsat·the·na सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ अद्धानमग्गप्पटिपन्नोad·dhā·na·mag·gap·pa·ṭi·pan·no होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu satthena saddhiṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti.

     At one time a monk was traveling with a group.

995. 995

     अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro पुरिसोpu·ri·so तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ आमिसेनā·mi·se·na उपलापेत्वाu·pa·lā·pet·vā सुङ्कट्ठानंsuṅ·kaṭ·ṭhā·naṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā महग्घंma·hag·ghaṃ मणिंma·ṇiṃ तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no अदासि—a·dā·si

     Aññataro puriso taṁ bhikkhuṁ āmisena upalāpetvā suṅkaṭṭhānaṁ passitvā mahagghaṁ maṇiṁ tassa bhikkhuno adāsi—

     A man bribed that monk by giving him food. Seeing a customs station, he gave the monk a valuable gem, saying,

996. 996

     “इमं,i·maṃ भन्ते,bhan·te मणिंma·ṇiṃ सुङ्कट्ठानंsuṅ·kaṭ·ṭhā·naṃ अतिक्कामेही”ति।a·tik·kā·me·hī

     “imaṁ, bhante, maṇiṁ suṅkaṭṭhānaṁ atikkāmehī”ti.

     “Sir, please take this gem past the customs,”

997. 997

     अथa·tha खोkho सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu तंtaṃ मणिंma·ṇiṃ सुङ्कट्ठानंsuṅ·kaṭ·ṭhā·naṃ अतिक्कामेसि।a·tik·kā·me·si

     Atha kho so bhikkhu taṁ maṇiṁ suṅkaṭṭhānaṁ atikkāmesi.

     which the monk did.

998. 998

     तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

     Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

     He became anxious …

999. 999

     “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

     “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

     “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1000. 1000

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पासेpā·se बन्धंban·dhaṃ सूकरंsū·ka·raṃ कारुञ्ञेनkā·ruñ·ñe·na मुञ्चि।muñ·ci

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pāse bandhaṁ sūkaraṁ kāruññena muñci.

      On one occasion a monk, feeling compassion, released a pig trapped in a snare.

1001. 1001

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1002. 1002

      “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

      “kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

      “What were you thinking, monk?”

1003. 1003

      “कारुञ्ञाधिप्पायोkā·ruñ·ñā·dhip·pā·yo अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

      “Kāruññādhippāyo ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

      “I was motivated by compassion, sir.”

1004. 1004

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu कारुञ्ञाधिप्पायस्सा”ति।kā·ruñ·ñā·dhip·pā·yas·sā

      “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, kāruññādhippāyassā”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who is motivated by compassion.”

1005. 1005

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पासेpā·se बन्धंban·dhaṃ सूकरं—sū·ka·raṃ

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pāse bandhaṁ sūkaraṁ—

      On one occasion a monk released a pig trapped in a snare,

1006. 1006

      “पुरेpu·re सामिकाsā·mi·kā पस्सन्ती”ति,pas·san·tī थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to मुञ्चि।muñ·ci

      “pure sāmikā passantī”ti, theyyacitto muñci.

      intending to steal it before the owners found it.

1007. 1007

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1008. 1008

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1009. 1009

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पासेpā·se बन्धंban·dhaṃ मिगंmi·gaṃ कारुञ्ञेनkā·ruñ·ñe·na मुञ्चिmuñ·ci …

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pāse bandhaṁ migaṁ kāruññena muñci …

      On one occasion a monk, feeling compassion, released a deer trapped in a snare. … “There’s no offense for one who is motivated by compassion.” …

1010. 1010

      पासेpā·se बन्धंban·dhaṃ मिगं—mi·gaṃ

      pāse bandhaṁ migaṁ—

      released a deer trapped in a snare,

1011. 1011

      “पुरेpu·re सामिकाsā·mi·kā पस्सन्ती”ति,pas·san·tī थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to मुञ्चिmuñ·ci …

      “pure sāmikā passantī”ti, theyyacitto muñci …

      intending to steal it before the owners found it. … “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.” …

1012. 1012

      कुमिनेku·mi·ne बन्धेban·dhe मच्छेmac·che कारुञ्ञेनkā·ruñ·ñe·na मुञ्चिmuñ·ci …

      kumine bandhe macche kāruññena muñci …

      feeling compassion, released fish trapped in a fish-net … “There’s no offense for one who is motivated by compassion.” …

1013. 1013

      कुमिनेku·mi·ne बन्धेban·dhe मच्छे—mac·che

      kumine bandhe macche—

      released fish trapped in a fish-net,

1014. 1014

      “पुरेpu·re सामिकाsā·mi·kā पस्सन्ती”तिpas·san·tī थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to मुञ्चि।muñ·ci

      “pure sāmikā passantī”ti theyyacitto muñci.

      intending to steal them before the owners found them.

1015. 1015

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1016. 1016

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1017. 1017

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu यानेyā·ne भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ पस्सित्वा—pas·sit·vā

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu yāne bhaṇḍaṁ passitvā—

      On one occasion a monk saw some goods in a vehicle.

1018. 1018

      “इतोi·to गण्हन्तोgaṇ·han·to पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko भविस्सामी”ति,bha·vis·sā·mī

      “ito gaṇhanto pārājiko bhavissāmī”ti,

      He thought, “If I take them from there, I’ll be expelled.”

1019. 1019

      अतिक्कमित्वाa·tik·ka·mit·vā पवट्टेत्वाpa·vaṭ·ṭet·vā अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

      atikkamitvā pavaṭṭetvā aggahesi.

      So he took them by setting the vehicle in motion.

1020. 1020

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1021. 1021

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1022. 1022

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu कुललेनku·la·le·na उक्खित्तंuk·khit·taṃ मंसपेसिं—maṃ·sa·pe·siṃ

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kulalena ukkhittaṁ maṁsapesiṁ—

      On one occasion a monk seized a piece of meat picked up by a hawk,

1023. 1023

      “सामिकानंsā·mi·kā·naṃ दस्सामी”तिdas·sā·mī अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

      “sāmikānaṁ dassāmī”ti aggahesi.

      intending to give it to the owners.

1024. 1024

      सामिकाsā·mi·kā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Sāmikā taṁ bhikkhuṁ codesuṁ—

      But the owners accused him, saying,

1025. 1025

      “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

      “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

      “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

1026. 1026

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1027. 1027

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अथेय्यचित्तस्सा”ति।a·they·ya·cit·tas·sā

      “anāpatti, bhikkhu, atheyyacittassā”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to steal.”

1028. 1028

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu कुललेनku·la·le·na उक्खित्तंuk·khit·taṃ मंसपेसिं—maṃ·sa·pe·siṃ

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kulalena ukkhittaṁ maṁsapesiṁ—

      On one occasion a monk seized a piece of meat picked up by a hawk,

1029. 1029

      “पुरेpu·re सामिकाsā·mi·kā पस्सन्ती”ति,pas·san·tī थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

      “pure sāmikā passantī”ti, theyyacitto aggahesi.

      intending to steal it before the owners found out.

1030. 1030

      सामिकाsā·mi·kā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Sāmikā taṁ bhikkhuṁ codesuṁ—

      The owners accused him, saying,

1031. 1031

      “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

      “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

      “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

1032. 1032

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1033. 1033

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1034. 1034

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na मनुस्साma·nus·sā उळुम्पंu·ḷum·paṃ बन्धित्वाban·dhit·vā अचिरवतियाa·ci·ra·va·ti·yā नदियाna·di·yā ओसारेन्ति।o·sā·ren·ti

      Tena kho pana samayena manussā uḷumpaṁ bandhitvā aciravatiyā nadiyā osārenti.

      At one time some men made a raft, which they put on the river Aciravatī.

1035. 1035

      बन्धनेban·dha·ne छिन्नेchin·ne कट्ठानिkaṭ·ṭhā·ni विप्पकिण्णानिvip·pa·kiṇ·ṇā·ni अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

      Bandhane chinne kaṭṭhāni vippakiṇṇāni agamaṁsu.

      Because the binding ropes snapped, the sticks were scattered about.

1036. 1036

      भिक्खूbhik·khū पंसुकूलसञ्ञिनोpaṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñi·no उत्तारेसुं।ut·tā·re·suṃ

      Bhikkhū paṁsukūlasaññino uttāresuṁ.

      Some monks removed them from the water, perceiving them as discarded.

1037. 1037

      सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

      The owners accused those monks, saying,

1038. 1038

      “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

      “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

      “You’re not monastics anymore!”

1039. 1039

      तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      They became anxious …

1040. 1040

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पंसुकूलसञ्ञिस्सा”ति।paṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñis·sā

      “anāpatti, bhikkhave, paṁsukūlasaññissā”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who perceives something as discarded.”

1041. 1041

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na मनुस्साma·nus·sā उळुम्पंu·ḷum·paṃ बन्धित्वाban·dhit·vā अचिरवतियाa·ci·ra·va·ti·yā नदियाna·di·yā ओसारेन्ति।o·sā·ren·ti

      Tena kho pana samayena manussā uḷumpaṁ bandhitvā aciravatiyā nadiyā osārenti.

      At one time some men made a raft, which they put on the river Aciravatī.

1042. 1042

      बन्धनेban·dha·ne छिन्नेchin·ne कट्ठानिkaṭ·ṭhā·ni विप्पकिण्णानिvip·pa·kiṇ·ṇā·ni अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

      Bandhane chinne kaṭṭhāni vippakiṇṇāni agamaṁsu.

      Because the binding ropes snapped, the sticks were scattered about.

1043. 1043

      भिक्खू—“पुरेbhik·khū सामिकाsā·mi·kā पस्सन्ती”ति,pas·san·tī थेय्यचित्ताthey·ya·cit·tā उत्तारेसुं।ut·tā·re·suṃ

      Bhikkhū—“pure sāmikā passantī”ti, theyyacittā uttāresuṁ.

      Some monks removed them from the water, intending to steal them before the owners found them.

1044. 1044

      सामिकाsā·mi·kā तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

      The owners accused those monks, saying,

1045. 1045

      “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

      “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

      “You’re not monastics anymore!”

1046. 1046

      तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      They became anxious …

1047. 1047

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आपन्नाā·pan·nā पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tumhe, bhikkhave, āpannā pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1048. 1048

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro गोपालकोgo·pā·la·ko रुक्खेruk·khe साटकंsā·ṭa·kaṃ आलग्गेत्वाā·lag·get·vā उच्चारंuc·cā·raṃ अगमासि।a·ga·mā·si

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro gopālako rukkhe sāṭakaṁ ālaggetvā uccāraṁ agamāsi.

      On one occasion a cowherd hung his wrap garment on a tree and went to relieve himself.

1049. 1049

      अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu पंसुकूलसञ्ञीpaṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñī अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

      Aññataro bhikkhu paṁsukūlasaññī aggahesi.

      A monk thought it had been discarded and took it.

1050. 1050

      अथa·tha खोkho सोso गोपालकोgo·pā·la·ko तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोदेसि—co·de·si

      Atha kho so gopālako taṁ bhikkhuṁ codesi—

      The cowherd accused him, saying,

1051. 1051

      “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

      “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

      “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

1052. 1052

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1053. 1053

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पंसुकूलसञ्ञिस्सा”ति।paṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñis·sā

      “anāpatti, bhikkhu, paṁsukūlasaññissā”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who perceives something as discarded.”

1054. 1054

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no नदिंna·diṃ तरन्तस्सta·ran·tas·sa रजकानंra·ja·kā·naṃ हत्थतोhat·tha·to मुत्तंmut·taṃ साटकंsā·ṭa·kaṃ पादेpā·de लग्गंlag·gaṃ होति।ho·ti

      Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno nadiṁ tarantassa rajakānaṁ hatthato muttaṁ sāṭakaṁ pāde laggaṁ hoti.

      On one occasion, a wrap garment that had escaped from the hands of a dyer stuck to a monk’s foot as he was crossing a river.

1055. 1055

      सोso भिक्खु—“सामिकानंbhik·khu दस्सामी”तिdas·sā·mī अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

      So bhikkhu—“sāmikānaṁ dassāmī”ti aggahesi.

      The monk took hold of it, thinking, “I’ll give it to its owners.”

1056. 1056

      सामिकाsā·mi·kā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Sāmikā taṁ bhikkhuṁ codesuṁ—

      But the owners accused him, saying,

1057. 1057

      “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

      “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

      “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

1058. 1058

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1059. 1059

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu अथेय्यचित्तस्सा”ति।a·they·ya·cit·tas·sā

      “anāpatti, bhikkhu, atheyyacittassā”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who doesn’t intend to steal.”

1060. 1060

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no नदिंna·diṃ तरन्तस्सta·ran·tas·sa रजकानंra·ja·kā·naṃ हत्थतोhat·tha·to मुत्तंmut·taṃ साटकंsā·ṭa·kaṃ पादेpā·de लग्गंlag·gaṃ होति।ho·ti

      Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno nadiṁ tarantassa rajakānaṁ hatthato muttaṁ sāṭakaṁ pāde laggaṁ hoti.

      On one occasion, a wrap garment that had escaped from the hands of a dyer stuck to a monk’s foot as he was crossing a river.

1061. 1061

      सोso भिक्खु—“पुरेbhik·khu सामिकाsā·mi·kā पस्सन्ती”ति,pas·san·tī थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

      So bhikkhu—“pure sāmikā passantī”ti, theyyacitto aggahesi.

      The monk took hold of it, intending to steal it before the owners found it.

1062. 1062

      सामिकाsā·mi·kā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Sāmikā taṁ bhikkhuṁ codesuṁ—

      The owners accused him, saying,

1063. 1063

      “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

      “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

      “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

1064. 1064

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1065. 1065

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1066. 1066

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सप्पिकुम्भिंsap·pi·kum·bhiṃ पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā थोकंtho·kaṃ थोकंtho·kaṃ परिभुञ्जि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sappikumbhiṁ passitvā thokaṁ thokaṁ paribhuñji.

      On one occasion a monk saw a pot of ghee and ate it little by little.

1067. 1067

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1068. 1068

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

      “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa;

      “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

1069. 1069

      आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

      āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

      but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

1070. 1070

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū संविदहित्वाsaṃ·vi·da·hit·vā अगमंसु—a·ga·maṃ·su

      Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū saṁvidahitvā agamaṁsu—

      At one time a number of monks made an arrangement and then left, thinking,

1071. 1071

      “भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरिस्सामा”ति।a·va·ha·ris·sā·mā

      “bhaṇḍaṁ avaharissāmā”ti.

      “We’ll steal these goods.”

1072. 1072

      एकोe·ko भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

      Eko bhaṇḍaṁ avahari.

      One of them stole the goods.

1073. 1073

      तेte एवमाहंसु—e·va·mā·haṃ·su

      Te evamāhaṁsu—

      The others said,

1074. 1074

      “नna मयंma·yaṃ पाराजिका।pā·rā·ji·kā

      “na mayaṁ pārājikā.

      “We’re not expelled.

1075. 1075

      योyo अवहटोa·va·ha·ṭo सोso पाराजिको”ति।pā·rā·ji·ko

      Yo avahaṭo so pārājiko”ti.

      He who stole them is expelled.”

1076. 1076

      भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुंā·ro·ce·suṃ …

      Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …

      They told the Buddha.

1077. 1077

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आपन्नाā·pan·nā पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tumhe, bhikkhave, āpannā pārājikan”ti.

      “You’ve all committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1078. 1078

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū संविदहित्वाsaṃ·vi·da·hit·vā भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ अवहरित्वाa·va·ha·rit·vā भाजेसुं।bhā·je·suṃ

      Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū saṁvidahitvā bhaṇḍaṁ avaharitvā bhājesuṁ.

      At one time a number of monks made an arrangement, stole some goods, and shared them out.

1079. 1079

      तेहिte·hi भाजीयमानेbhā·jī·ya·mā·ne एकमेकस्सe·ka·me·kas·sa पटिविसोpa·ṭi·vi·so नna पञ्चमासकोpañ·ca·mā·sa·ko पूरि।pū·ri

      Tehi bhājīyamāne ekamekassa paṭiviso na pañcamāsako pūri.

      Each one of them received a share worth less than five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins.

1080. 1080

      तेte एवमाहंसु—e·va·mā·haṃ·su

      Te evamāhaṁsu—

      They said,

1081. 1081

      “नna मयंma·yaṃ पाराजिका”ति।pā·rā·ji·kā

      “na mayaṁ pārājikā”ti.

      “We’re not expelled.”

1082. 1082

      भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      They told the Buddha.

1083. 1083

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve आपन्नाā·pan·nā पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “Āpattiṁ tumhe, bhikkhave, āpannā pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1084. 1084

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सावत्थियंsā·vat·thi·yaṃ दुब्भिक्खेdub·bhik·khe आपणिकस्सā·pa·ṇi·kas·sa तण्डुलमुट्ठिंtaṇ·ḍu·la·muṭ·ṭhiṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṁ dubbhikkhe āpaṇikassa taṇḍulamuṭṭhiṁ theyyacitto avahari.

      On one occasion when Sāvatthī was short of food, a monk took a handful of rice from a shopkeeper, intending to steal it.

1085. 1085

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1086. 1086

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1087. 1087

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सावत्थियंsā·vat·thi·yaṃ दुब्भिक्खेdub·bhik·khe आपणिकस्सā·pa·ṇi·kas·sa मुग्गमुट्ठिंmug·ga·muṭ·ṭhiṃ …

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāvatthiyaṁ dubbhikkhe āpaṇikassa muggamuṭṭhiṁ …

      On one occasion when Sāvatthī was short of food, a monk stole a handful of mung beans from a shopkeeper, intending to steal it. …

1088. 1088

      मासमुट्ठिंmā·sa·muṭ·ṭhiṃ …

      māsamuṭṭhiṁ …

      a handful of black gram …

1089. 1089

      तिलमुट्ठिंti·la·muṭ·ṭhiṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

      tilamuṭṭhiṁ theyyacitto avahari.

      a handful of sesame from a shopkeeper, intending to steal it.

1090. 1090

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1091. 1091

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1092. 1092

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सावत्थियंsā·vat·thi·yaṃ अन्धवनेan·dha·va·ne चोरकाco·ra·kā गाविंgā·viṃ हन्त्वाhan·tvā मंसंmaṃ·saṃ खादित्वाkhā·dit·vā सेसकंse·sa·kaṃ पटिसामेत्वाpa·ṭi·sā·met·vā अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

      Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṁ andhavane corakā gāviṁ hantvā maṁsaṁ khāditvā sesakaṁ paṭisāmetvā agamaṁsu.

      At one time in the Dark Wood near Sāvatthī, thieves killed a cow, ate some of the flesh, put the remainder aside, and went away.

1093. 1093

      भिक्खूbhik·khū पंसुकूलसञ्ञिनोpaṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñi·no पटिग्गहापेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·hā·pet·vā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

      Bhikkhū paṁsukūlasaññino paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjiṁsu.

      Some monks had it offered and ate it, perceiving it as discarded.

1094. 1094

      चोरकाco·ra·kā तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Corakā te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

      The thieves accused those monks, saying,

1095. 1095

      “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

      “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

      “You’re not monastics anymore!”

1096. 1096

      तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      They became anxious …

1097. 1097

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पंसुकूलसञ्ञिस्सा”ति।paṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñis·sā

      “anāpatti, bhikkhave, paṁsukūlasaññissā”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who perceives something as discarded.”

1098. 1098

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सावत्थियंsā·vat·thi·yaṃ अन्धवनेan·dha·va·ne चोरकाco·ra·kā सूकरंsū·ka·raṃ हन्त्वाhan·tvā मंसंmaṃ·saṃ खादित्वाkhā·dit·vā सेसकंse·sa·kaṃ पटिसामेत्वाpa·ṭi·sā·met·vā अगमंसु।a·ga·maṃ·su

      Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṁ andhavane corakā sūkaraṁ hantvā maṁsaṁ khāditvā sesakaṁ paṭisāmetvā agamaṁsu.

      At one time in the Dark Wood near Sāvatthī, thieves killed a pig, ate some of the flesh, put the remainder aside, and went away.

1099. 1099

      भिक्खूbhik·khū पंसुकूलसञ्ञिनोpaṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñi·no पटिग्गहापेत्वाpa·ṭig·ga·hā·pet·vā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

      Bhikkhū paṁsukūlasaññino paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjiṁsu.

      Some monks had it offered and ate it, perceiving it as discarded.

1100. 1100

      चोरकाco·ra·kā तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Corakā te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

      The thieves accused those monks, saying,

1101. 1101

      “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

      “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

      “You’re not monastics anymore!”

1102. 1102

      तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      They became anxious …

1103. 1103

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पंसुकूलसञ्ञिस्सा”ति।paṃ·su·kū·la·sañ·ñis·sā

      “anāpatti, bhikkhave, paṁsukūlasaññissā”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who perceives something as discarded.”

1104. 1104

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu तिणक्खेत्तंti·ṇak·khet·taṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā लूतंlū·taṃ तिणंti·ṇaṃ पञ्चमासग्घनकंpañ·ca·mā·sag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tiṇakkhettaṁ gantvā lūtaṁ tiṇaṁ pañcamāsagghanakaṁ theyyacitto avahari.

      On one occasion a monk went to a meadow and took cut grass worth five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins, intending to steal it.

1105. 1105

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1106. 1106

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1107. 1107

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu तिणक्खेत्तंti·ṇak·khet·taṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā तिणंti·ṇaṃ लायित्वाlā·yit·vā पञ्चमासग्घनकंpañ·ca·mā·sag·gha·na·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरि।a·va·ha·ri

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tiṇakkhettaṁ gantvā tiṇaṁ lāyitvā pañcamāsagghanakaṁ theyyacitto avahari.

      On one occasion a monk went to a meadow, cut grass worth five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins, and took it away, intending to steal it.

1108. 1108

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1109. 1109

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1110. 1110

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आगन्तुकाā·gan·tu·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa अम्बंam·baṃ भाजापेत्वाbhā·jā·pet·vā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

      Tena kho pana samayena āgantukā bhikkhū saṅghassa ambaṁ bhājāpetvā paribhuñjiṁsu.

      On one occasion some newly-arrived monks shared out the mangoes belonging to the Sangha and ate them.

1111. 1111

      आवासिकाā·vā·si·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Āvāsikā bhikkhū te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

      The resident monks accused those monks, saying,

1112. 1112

      “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

      “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

      “You’re not monastics anymore!”

1113. 1113

      तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      They became anxious …

1114. 1114

      भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      They told the Buddha.

1115. 1115

      “किंचित्ताkiṃ·cit·tā तुम्हे,tum·he भिक्खवे”ति?bhik·kha·ve

      “Kiṁcittā tumhe, bhikkhave”ti?

      “What were you thinking, monks?”

1116. 1116

      “परिभोगत्थायpa·ri·bho·gat·thā·ya मयं,ma·yaṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

      “Paribhogatthāya mayaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

      “We thought they were meant for eating, sir.”

1117. 1117

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve परिभोगत्थाया”ति।pa·ri·bho·gat·thā·yā

      “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, paribhogatthāyā”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who thinks it is meant for eating.”

1118. 1118

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आगन्तुकाā·gan·tu·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa जम्बुंjam·buṃ …

      Tena kho pana samayena āgantukā bhikkhū saṅghassa jambuṁ …

      On one occasion some newly-arrived monks shared out the rose apples belonging to the Sangha …

1119. 1119

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa लबुजंla·bu·jaṃ …

      saṅghassa labujaṁ …

      the breadfruit belonging to the Sangha …

1120. 1120

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पनसंpa·na·saṃ …

      saṅghassa panasaṁ …

      the jackfruit belonging to the Sangha …

1121. 1121

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa तालपक्कंtā·la·pak·kaṃ …

      saṅghassa tālapakkaṁ …

      the palm fruits belonging to the Sangha …

1122. 1122

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa उच्छुंuc·chuṃ …

      saṅghassa ucchuṁ …

      the sugarcane belonging to the Sangha …

1123. 1123

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa तिम्बरूसकंtim·ba·rū·sa·kaṃ भाजापेत्वाbhā·jā·pet·vā परिभुञ्जिंसु।pa·ri·bhuñ·jiṃ·su

      saṅghassa timbarūsakaṁ bhājāpetvā paribhuñjiṁsu.

      the gaub fruit belonging to the Sangha and ate them.

1124. 1124

      आवासिकाā·vā·si·kā भिक्खूbhik·khū तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Āvāsikā bhikkhū te bhikkhū codesuṁ—

      The resident monks accused those monks, saying,

1125. 1125

      “अस्समणात्थas·sa·ma·ṇāt·tha तुम्हे”ति।tum·he

      “assamaṇāttha tumhe”ti.

      “You’re not monastics anymore!”

1126. 1126

      तेसंte·saṃ कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tesaṁ kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      They became anxious …

1127. 1127

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve परिभोगत्थाया”ति।pa·ri·bho·gat·thā·yā

      “anāpatti, bhikkhave, paribhogatthāyā”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who thinks it is meant for eating.”

1128. 1128

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अम्बपालकाam·ba·pā·la·kā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ अम्बफलंam·ba·pha·laṃ देन्ति।den·ti

      Tena kho pana samayena ambapālakā bhikkhūnaṁ ambaphalaṁ denti.

      On one occasion the keepers of a mango grove gave a mango to some monks.

1129. 1129

      भिक्खू—“गोपेतुंbhik·khū इमेi·me इस्सरा,is·sa·rā नयिमेna·yi·me दातुन्”ति,dā·tun

      Bhikkhū—“gopetuṁ ime issarā, nayime dātun”ti,

      The monks, thinking, “They have the authority to guard, but not to give away,”

1130. 1130

      कुक्कुच्चायन्ताkuk·kuc·cā·yan·tā नna पटिग्गण्हन्ति।pa·ṭig·gaṇ·han·ti

      kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti.

      were afraid of wrongdoing and did not accept it.

1131. 1131

      भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      They told the Buddha.

1132. 1132

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve गोपकस्सgo·pa·kas·sa दाने”ति।dā·ne

      “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, gopakassa dāne”ti.

      “There’s no offense if it’s a gift from a guardian.”

1133. 1133

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na जम्बुपालकाjam·bu·pā·la·kā …

      Tena kho pana samayena jambupālakā …

      On one occasion the keepers of a rose-apple grove …

1134. 1134

      लबुजपालकाla·bu·ja·pā·la·kā …

      labujapālakā …

      the keepers of a bread-fruit grove …

1135. 1135

      पनसपालकाpa·na·sa·pā·la·kā …

      panasapālakā …

      the keepers of a jack-fruit grove …

1136. 1136

      तालपक्कपालकाtā·la·pak·ka·pā·la·kā …

      tālapakkapālakā …

      the keepers of a palm grove …

1137. 1137

      उच्छुपालकाuc·chu·pā·la·kā …

      ucchupālakā …

      the keepers of a sugarcane field …

1138. 1138

      तिम्बरूसकपालकाtim·ba·rū·sa·ka·pā·la·kā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ तिम्बरूसकंtim·ba·rū·sa·kaṃ देन्ति।den·ti

      timbarūsakapālakā bhikkhūnaṁ timbarūsakaṁ denti.

      the keepers of a gaub-fruit grove gave a gaub fruit to some monks.

1139. 1139

      भिक्खू—“गोपेतुंbhik·khū इमेi·me इस्सरा,is·sa·rā नयिमेna·yi·me दातुन्”ति,dā·tun

      Bhikkhū—“gopetuṁ ime issarā, nayime dātun”ti,

      The monks, thinking, “They have the authority to guard, but not to give away,”

1140. 1140

      कुक्कुच्चायन्ताkuk·kuc·cā·yan·tā नna पटिग्गण्हन्ति।pa·ṭig·gaṇ·han·ti

      kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti.

      were afraid of wrongdoing and did not accept it.

1141. 1141

      भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      They told the Buddha.

1142. 1142

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve गोपकस्सgo·pa·kas·sa दाने”ति।dā·ne

      “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, gopakassa dāne”ti.

      “There’s no offense if it’s a gift from a guardian.”

1143. 1143

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa दारुंdā·ruṃ तावकालिकंtā·va·kā·li·kaṃ हरित्वाha·rit·vā अत्तनोat·ta·no विहारस्सvi·hā·ras·sa कुट्टंkuṭ·ṭaṃ उपत्थम्भेसि।u·pat·tham·bhe·si

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa dāruṁ tāvakālikaṁ haritvā attano vihārassa kuṭṭaṁ upatthambhesi.

      On one occasion a monk borrowed a piece of wood belonging to the Sangha and used it to support the wall of his own dwelling.

1144. 1144

      भिक्खूbhik·khū तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Bhikkhū taṁ bhikkhuṁ codesuṁ—

      The monks accused him, saying,

1145. 1145

      “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

      “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

      “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

1146. 1146

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसि।a·ho·si

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi.

      He became anxious

1147. 1147

      भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

      Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

      and told the Buddha.

1148. 1148

      “किंचित्तोkiṃ·cit·to त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खू”ति?bhik·khū

      “Kiṁcitto tvaṁ, bhikkhū”ti?

      “What were you thinking, monk?”

1149. 1149

      “तावकालिकोtā·va·kā·li·ko अहं,a·haṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

      “Tāvakāliko ahaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

      “I was borrowing it, sir.”

1150. 1150

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu तावकालिके”ति।tā·va·kā·li·ke

      “Anāpatti, bhikkhu, tāvakālike”ti.

      “There’s no offense for one who is borrowing.”

1151. 1151

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa उदकंu·da·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa udakaṁ theyyacitto avahari …

      On one occasion a monk took water from the Sangha, intending to steal it. …

1152. 1152

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa मत्तिकंmat·ti·kaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …

      saṅghassa mattikaṁ theyyacitto avahari …

      took clay from the Sangha, intending to steal it. …

1153. 1153

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पुञ्जकितंpuñ·ja·ki·taṃ तिणंti·ṇaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …

      saṅghassa puñjakitaṁ tiṇaṁ theyyacitto avahari …

      took a pile of grass from the Sangha, intending to steal it. …

1154. 1154

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1155. 1155

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1156. 1156

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पुञ्जकितंpuñ·ja·ki·taṃ तिणंti·ṇaṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to झापेसि।jhā·pe·si

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa puñjakitaṁ tiṇaṁ theyyacitto jhāpesi.

      On one occasion a monk set fire to a pile of grass belonging to the Sangha, intending to steal.

1157. 1157

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1158. 1158

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खु,bhik·khu पाराजिकस्स।pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

      “anāpatti, bhikkhu, pārājikassa.

      “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

1159. 1159

      आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

      Āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

      but there’s an offense of wrong conduct.”

1160. 1160

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa मञ्चंmañ·caṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa mañcaṁ theyyacitto avahari …

      On one occasion a monk took a bed from the Sangha, intending to steal it. …

1161. 1161

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1162. 1162

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1163. 1163

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पीठंpī·ṭhaṃ …

      Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṅghassa pīṭhaṁ …

      On one occasion a monk took a bench from the Sangha, intending to steal it …

1164. 1164

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa भिसिंbhi·siṃ …

      saṅghassa bhisiṁ …

      a mattress from the Sangha …

1165. 1165

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa बिब्बोहनंbib·bo·ha·naṃ …

      saṅghassa bibbohanaṁ …

      a pillow from the Sangha …

1166. 1166

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa कवाटंka·vā·ṭaṃ …

      saṅghassa kavāṭaṁ …

      a door from the Sangha …

1167. 1167

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa आलोकसन्धिंā·lo·ka·san·dhiṃ …

      saṅghassa ālokasandhiṁ …

      a window from the Sangha …

1168. 1168

      सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa गोपानसिंgo·pā·na·siṃ थेय्यचित्तोthey·ya·cit·to अवहरिa·va·ha·ri …

      saṅghassa gopānasiṁ theyyacitto avahari …

      took a rafter from the Sangha, intending to steal it. …

1169. 1169

      तस्सtas·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      tassa kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      He became anxious …

1170. 1170

      “आपत्तिंā·pat·tiṃ त्वं,tvaṃ भिक्खु,bhik·khu आपन्नोā·pan·no पाराजिकन्”ति।pā·rā·ji·kan

      “āpattiṁ tvaṁ, bhikkhu, āpanno pārājikan”ti.

      “You have committed an offense entailing expulsion.”

1171. 1171

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भिक्खूbhik·khū अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa उपासकस्सu·pā·sa·kas·sa विहारपरिभोगंvi·hā·ra·pa·ri·bho·gaṃ सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra परिभुञ्जन्ति।pa·ri·bhuñ·jan·ti

      Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññatarassa upāsakassa vihāraparibhogaṁ senāsanaṁ aññatra paribhuñjanti.

      At one time the monks used a certain lay follower’s equipment where it did not belong.

1172. 1172

      अथa·tha खोkho सोso उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko उज्झायतिuj·jhā·ya·ti खिय्यतिkhiy·ya·ti विपाचेति—vi·pā·ce·ti

      Atha kho so upāsako ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti—

      That lay follower complained and criticized them,

1173. 1173

      “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma भदन्ताbha·dan·tā अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra परिभोगंpa·ri·bho·gaṃ अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra परिभुञ्जिस्सन्ती”ति।pa·ri·bhuñ·jis·san·tī

      “kathañhi nāma bhadantā aññatra paribhogaṁ aññatra paribhuñjissantī”ti.

      “How can the venerables use equipment where it doesn’t belong?”

1174. 1174

      भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      They told the Buddha.

1175. 1175

      “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra परिभोगोpa·ri·bho·go अञ्ञत्रañ·ñat·ra परिभुञ्जितब्बो।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji·tab·bo

      “Na, bhikkhave, aññatra paribhogo aññatra paribhuñjitabbo.

      “You shouldn’t use equipment where it doesn’t belong.

1176. 1176

      योyo परिभुञ्जेय्य,pa·ri·bhuñ·jey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

      Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

      If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

1177. 1177

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भिक्खूbhik·khū उपोसथग्गम्पिu·po·sa·thag·gam·pi सन्निसज्जम्पिsan·ni·saj·jam·pi हरितुंha·ri·tuṃ कुक्कुच्चायन्ताkuk·kuc·cā·yan·tā छमायंcha·mā·yaṃ निसीदन्ति।ni·sī·dan·ti

      Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū uposathaggampi sannisajjampi harituṁ kukkuccāyantā chamāyaṁ nisīdanti.

      Being afraid of wrongdoing, the monks did not bring anything to the observance-day hall or to meetings, and they sat down on the bare ground.

1178. 1178

      गत्तानिपिgat·tā·ni·pi चीवरानिपिcī·va·rā·ni·pi पंसुकितानिpaṃ·su·ki·tā·ni होन्ति।hon·ti

      Gattānipi cīvarānipi paṁsukitāni honti.

      They got dirty, as did their robes.

1179. 1179

      भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      They told the Buddha.

1180. 1180

      “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve तावकालिकंtā·va·kā·li·kaṃ हरितुन्”ति।ha·ri·tun

      “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāvakālikaṁ haritun”ti.

      “I allow you to borrow.”

1181. 1181

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na चम्पायंcam·pā·yaṃ थुल्लनन्दायthul·la·nan·dā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अन्तेवासिनीan·te·vā·si·nī भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī थुल्लनन्दायthul·la·nan·dā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā उपट्ठाककुलंu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·ku·laṃ गन्त्वा—gan·tvā

      Tena kho pana samayena campāyaṁ thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antevāsinī bhikkhunī thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā upaṭṭhākakulaṁ gantvā—

      On one occasion at Campā, a nun who was a pupil of the nun Thullanandā went to a family that supported Thullanandā and said,

1182. 1182

      “अय्याay·yā इच्छतिic·cha·ti तेकटुलयागुंte·ka·ṭu·la·yā·guṃ पातुन्”ति,pā·tun

      “ayyā icchati tekaṭulayāguṁ pātun”ti,

      “The venerable wants to drink the triple pungent congee.”

1183. 1183

      पचापेत्वाpa·cā·pet·vā हरित्वाha·rit·vā अत्तनाat·ta·nā परिभुञ्जि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji

      pacāpetvā haritvā attanā paribhuñji.

      When it was ready, she took it away and ate it herself.

1184. 1184

      साsā जानित्वाjā·nit·vā तंtaṃ चोदेसि—co·de·si

      Sā jānitvā taṁ codesi—

      When Thullanandā found out about this, she accused her, saying,

1185. 1185

      “अस्समणीसिas·sa·ma·ṇī·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

      “assamaṇīsi tvan”ti.

      “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

1186. 1186

      तस्साtas·sā कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…।pe

      Tassā kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe….

      She became anxious …

1187. 1187

      अथa·tha खोkho साsā भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī भिक्खुनीनंbhik·khu·nī·naṃ एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

      Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

      She then told the nuns,

1188. 1188

      भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      who in turn told the monks,

1189. 1189

      भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      who then told the Buddha.

1190. 1190

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

      “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

      “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

1191. 1191

      आपत्तिā·pat·ti सम्पजानमुसावादेsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·de पाचित्तियस्सा”ति।pā·cit·ti·yas·sā

      āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā”ti.

      but there’s an offense entailing confession for lying in full awareness.”

1192. 1192

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he थुल्लनन्दायthul·la·nan·dā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अन्तेवासिनीan·te·vā·si·nī भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī थुल्लनन्दायthul·la·nan·dā·ya भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā उपट्ठाककुलंu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·ku·laṃ गन्त्वा—gan·tvā

      Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antevāsinī bhikkhunī thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā upaṭṭhākakulaṁ gantvā—

      On one occasion in Rājagaha, a nun who was a pupil of the nun Thullanandā went to a family that supported Thullanandā and said,

1193. 1193

      “अय्याay·yā इच्छतिic·cha·ti मधुगोळकंma·dhu·go·ḷa·kaṃ खादितुन्”ति,khā·di·tun

      “ayyā icchati madhugoḷakaṁ khāditun”ti,

      “The venerable wants a honey-ball.”

1194. 1194

      पचापेत्वाpa·cā·pet·vā हरित्वाha·rit·vā अत्तनाat·ta·nā परिभुञ्जि।pa·ri·bhuñ·ji

      pacāpetvā haritvā attanā paribhuñji.

      When it was ready, she took it away and ate it herself.

1195. 1195

      साsā जानित्वाjā·nit·vā तंtaṃ चोदेसि—co·de·si

      Sā jānitvā taṁ codesi—

      When Thullanandā found out about this, she accused her, saying,

1196. 1196

      “अस्समणीसिas·sa·ma·ṇī·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

      “assamaṇīsi tvan”ti.

      “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

1197. 1197

      तस्साtas·sā कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ अहोसिa·ho·si …पे…pe

      Tassā kukkuccaṁ ahosi …pe…

      She became anxious …

1198. 1198

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

      “anāpatti, bhikkhave, pārājikassa;

      “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,

1199. 1199

      आपत्तिā·pat·ti सम्पजानमुसावादेsam·pa·jā·na·mu·sā·vā·de पाचित्तियस्सा”ति।pā·cit·ti·yas·sā

      āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā”ti.

      but there’s an offense entailing confession for lying in full awareness.”

1200. 1200

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na वेसालियंve·sā·li·yaṃ आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to अज्जुकस्सaj·ju·kas·sa उपट्ठाकस्सu·paṭ·ṭhā·kas·sa गहपतिनोga·ha·pa·ti·no द्वेdve दारकाdā·ra·kā होन्ति—hon·ti पुत्तोput·to चca भागिनेय्योbhā·gi·ney·yo च।ca

      Tena kho pana samayena vesāliyaṁ āyasmato ajjukassa upaṭṭhākassa gahapatino dve dārakā honti— putto ca bhāgineyyo ca.

      At that time there was a householder in Vesāli who was a supporter of Venerable Ajjuka and who had two children living with him, a son and a nephew.

1201. 1201

      अथa·tha खोkho सोso गहपतिga·ha·pa·ti आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ अज्जुकंaj·ju·kaṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

      Atha kho so gahapati āyasmantaṁ ajjukaṁ etadavoca—

      He said to Ajjuka,

1202. 1202

      “इमं,i·maṃ भन्ते,bhan·te ओकासंo·kā·saṃ योyo इमेसंi·me·saṃ द्विन्नंdvin·naṃ दारकानंdā·ra·kā·naṃ सद्धोsad·dho होतिho·ti पसन्नोpa·san·no तस्सtas·sa आचिक्खेय्यासी”ति।ā·cik·khey·yā·sī

      “imaṁ, bhante, okāsaṁ yo imesaṁ dvinnaṁ dārakānaṁ saddho hoti pasanno tassa ācikkheyyāsī”ti.

      “Sir, please assign my property to the one of these two boys who has faith and confidence.”

1203. 1203

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na तस्सtas·sa गहपतिनोga·ha·pa·ti·no भागिनेय्योbhā·gi·ney·yo सद्धोsad·dho होतिho·ti पसन्नो।pa·san·no अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā अज्जुकोaj·ju·ko तंtaṃ ओकासंo·kā·saṃ तस्सtas·sa दारकस्सdā·ra·kas·sa आचिक्खि।ā·cik·khi

      Tena kho pana samayena tassa gahapatino bhāgineyyo saddho hoti pasanno. Atha kho āyasmā ajjuko taṁ okāsaṁ tassa dārakassa ācikkhi.

      It turned out that the householder’s nephew had faith and confidence, and so Ajjuka assigned the property to him.

1204. 1204

      सोso तेनte·na सापतेय्येनsā·pa·tey·ye·na कुटुम्बञ्चku·ṭum·bañ·ca सण्ठपेसिsaṇ·ṭha·pe·si दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca पट्ठपेसि।paṭ·ṭha·pe·si

      So tena sāpateyyena kuṭumbañca saṇṭhapesi dānañca paṭṭhapesi.

      He then established a household with that wealth and made a gift.

1205. 1205

      अथa·tha खोkho तस्सtas·sa गहपतिनोga·ha·pa·ti·no पुत्तोput·to आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ आनन्दंā·nan·daṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

      Atha kho tassa gahapatino putto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca—

      The householder’s son then said to Venerable Ānanda,

1206. 1206

      “कोko नुnu खो,kho भन्तेbhan·te आनन्द,ā·nan·da पितुनोpi·tu·no दायज्जो—dā·yaj·jo पुत्तोput·to वाvā भागिनेय्योbhā·gi·ney·yo वा”ति?vā

      “ko nu kho, bhante ānanda, pituno dāyajjo— putto vā bhāgineyyo vā”ti?

      “Who is the father’s heir, Venerable Ānanda, the son or the nephew?”

1207. 1207

      “पुत्तोput·to खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so पितुनोpi·tu·no दायज्जो”ति।dā·yaj·jo

      “Putto kho, āvuso, pituno dāyajjo”ti.

      “The son is the father’s heir.”

1208. 1208

      “अयं,a·yaṃ भन्ते,bhan·te अय्योay·yo अज्जुकोaj·ju·ko अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ सापतेय्यंsā·pa·tey·yaṃ अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ मेथुनकस्सme·thu·na·kas·sa आचिक्खी”ति।ā·cik·khī

      “Ayaṁ, bhante, ayyo ajjuko amhākaṁ sāpateyyaṁ amhākaṁ methunakassa ācikkhī”ti.

      “Sir, Venerable Ajjuka has assigned our wealth to our housemate.”

1209. 1209

      “अस्समणो,as·sa·ma·ṇo आवुसो,ā·vu·so आयस्माā·yas·mā अज्जुको”ति।aj·ju·ko

      “Assamaṇo, āvuso, āyasmā ajjuko”ti.

      “Venerable Ajjuka is not a monastic anymore.”

1210. 1210

      अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā अज्जुकोaj·ju·ko आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ आनन्दंā·nan·daṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

      Atha kho āyasmā ajjuko āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca—

      Ajjuka then said to Ānanda,

1211. 1211

      “देहिde·hi मे,me आवुसोā·vu·so आनन्द,ā·nan·da विनिच्छयन्”ति।vi·nic·cha·yan

      “dehi me, āvuso ānanda, vinicchayan”ti.

      “Ānanda, please do a proper investigation.”

1212. 1212

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आयस्माā·yas·mā उपालिu·pā·li आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to अज्जुकस्सaj·ju·kas·sa पक्खोpak·kho होति।ho·ti

      Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upāli āyasmato ajjukassa pakkho hoti.

      On that occasion Venerable Upāli was siding with Ajjuka,

1213. 1213

      अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā उपालिu·pā·li आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ आनन्दंā·nan·daṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

      Atha kho āyasmā upāli āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca—

      and he said to Ānanda,

1214. 1214

      “योyo नुnu खो,kho आवुसोā·vu·so आनन्द,ā·nan·da सामिकेनsā·mi·ke·na ‘इमंi·maṃ ओकासंo·kā·saṃ इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa आचिक्खेय्यासी’तिā·cik·khey·yā·sī वुत्तोvut·to तस्सtas·sa आचिक्खति,ā·cik·kha·ti किंkiṃ सोso आपज्जती”ति?ā·paj·ja·tī

      “yo nu kho, āvuso ānanda, sāmikena ‘imaṁ okāsaṁ itthannāmassa ācikkheyyāsī’ti vutto tassa ācikkhati, kiṁ so āpajjatī”ti?

      “Ānanda, when one is asked by the owner to assign a property to so-and-so and one does as asked, what has one committed?”

1215. 1215

      “न,na भन्ते,bhan·te किञ्चिkiñ·ci आपज्जति,ā·paj·ja·ti अन्तमसोan·ta·ma·so दुक्कटमत्तम्पी”ति।duk·ka·ṭa·mat·tam·pī

      “Na, bhante, kiñci āpajjati, antamaso dukkaṭamattampī”ti.

      “One hasn’t committed anything, sir, not even an act of wrong conduct.”

1216. 1216

      “अयं,a·yaṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so आयस्माā·yas·mā अज्जुकोaj·ju·ko सामिकेन—‘इमंsā·mi·ke·na ओकासंo·kā·saṃ इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa आचिक्खा’तिā·cik·khā वुत्तोvut·to तस्सtas·sa आचिक्खति;ā·cik·kha·ti

      “Ayaṁ, āvuso, āyasmā ajjuko sāmikena—‘imaṁ okāsaṁ itthannāmassa ācikkhā’ti vutto tassa ācikkhati;

      “Venerable Ajjuka was asked by the owner to assign his property to so-and-so, which he did.

1217. 1217

      अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti आवुसो,ā·vu·so आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to अज्जुकस्सा”ति।aj·ju·kas·sā

      anāpatti, āvuso, āyasmato ajjukassā”ti.

      There’s no offense for Venerable Ajjuka.”

1218. 1218

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na बाराणसियंbā·rā·ṇa·si·yaṃ आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to पिलिन्दवच्छस्सpi·lin·da·vac·chas·sa उपट्ठाककुलंu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·ku·laṃ चोरेहिco·re·hi उपद्दुतंu·pad·du·taṃ होति।ho·ti

      Tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṁ āyasmato pilindavacchassa upaṭṭhākakulaṁ corehi upaddutaṁ hoti.

      At that time a family in Benares that supported Venerable Pilindavaccha was harassed by criminals.

1219. 1219

      द्वेdve चca दारकाdā·ra·kā नीताnī·tā होन्ति।hon·ti

      Dve ca dārakā nītā honti.

      Two of their children were kidnapped.

1220. 1220

      अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā पिलिन्दवच्छोpi·lin·da·vac·cho तेte दारकेdā·ra·ke इद्धियाid·dhi·yā आनेत्वाā·net·vā पासादेpā·sā·de ठपेसि।ṭha·pe·si

      Atha kho āyasmā pilindavaccho te dārake iddhiyā ānetvā pāsāde ṭhapesi.

      Soon afterwards Pilindavaccha brought those children back by his supernormal powers and put them in a stilt house.

1221. 1221

      मनुस्साma·nus·sā तेte दारकेdā·ra·ke पस्सित्वा—pas·sit·vā

      Manussā te dārake passitvā—

      When people saw those children, they said,

1222. 1222

      “अय्यस्सायंay·yas·sā·yaṃ पिलिन्दवच्छस्सpi·lin·da·vac·chas·sa इद्धानुभावो”ति,id·dhā·nu·bhā·vo

      “ayyassāyaṁ pilindavacchassa iddhānubhāvo”ti,

      “This is the greatness of Venerable Pilindavaccha’s supernormal powers,”

1223. 1223

      आयस्मन्तेā·yas·man·te पिलिन्दवच्छेpi·lin·da·vac·che अभिप्पसीदिंसु।a·bhip·pa·sī·diṃ·su

      āyasmante pilindavacche abhippasīdiṁsu.

      and they gained confidence in him.

1224. 1224

      भिक्खूbhik·khū उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

      Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

      But the monks complained and criticized him,

1225. 1225

      “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma आयस्माā·yas·mā पिलिन्दवच्छोpi·lin·da·vac·cho चोरेहिco·re·hi नीतेnī·te दारकेdā·ra·ke आनेस्सती”ति।ā·nes·sa·tī

      “kathañhi nāma āyasmā pilindavaccho corehi nīte dārake ānessatī”ti.

      “How could Venerable Pilindavaccha bring back children who had been kidnapped by criminals?”

1226. 1226

      भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      They told the Buddha.

1227. 1227

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इद्धिमस्सid·dhi·mas·sa इद्धिविसये”ति।id·dhi·vi·sa·ye

      “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, iddhimassa iddhivisaye”ti.

      “There’s no offense for someone who uses their supernormal powers.”

1228. 1228

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na द्वेdve भिक्खूbhik·khū सहायकाsa·hā·ya·kā होन्ति—पण्डुकोhon·ti चca कपिलोka·pi·lo च।ca

      Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sahāyakā honti—paṇḍuko ca kapilo ca.

      At that time the two monks Paṇḍaka and Kapila were friends.

1229. 1229

      एकोe·ko गामकेgā·ma·ke विहरति,vi·ha·ra·ti एकोe·ko कोसम्बियं।ko·sam·bi·yaṃ

      Eko gāmake viharati, eko kosambiyaṁ.

      One was staying in a village and one at Kosambī.

1230. 1230

      अथa·tha खोkho तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no गामकाgā·ma·kā कोसम्बिंko·sam·biṃ गच्छन्तस्सgac·chan·tas·sa अन्तरामग्गेan·ta·rā·mag·ge नदिंna·diṃ तरन्तस्सta·ran·tas·sa सूकरिकानंsū·ka·ri·kā·naṃ हत्थतोhat·tha·to मुत्ताmut·tā मेदवट्टिme·da·vaṭ·ṭi पादेpā·de लग्गाlag·gā होति।ho·ti

      Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno gāmakā kosambiṁ gacchantassa antarāmagge nadiṁ tarantassa sūkarikānaṁ hatthato muttā medavaṭṭi pāde laggā hoti.

      Then, while one of them was traveling from that village to Kosambī, he had to cross a river. As he did so, a lump of fat that had escaped from the hands of a pig butcher stuck to his foot.

1231. 1231

      सोso भिक्खु—“सामिकानंbhik·khu दस्सामी”तिdas·sā·mī अग्गहेसि।ag·ga·he·si

      So bhikkhu—“sāmikānaṁ dassāmī”ti aggahesi.

      He grabbed it, thinking, “I’ll give it to the owners.”

1232. 1232

      सामिकाsā·mi·kā तंtaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ चोदेसुं—co·de·suṃ

      Sāmikā taṁ bhikkhuṁ codesuṁ—

      But the owners accused him, saying,

1233. 1233

      “अस्समणोसिas·sa·ma·ṇo·si त्वन्”ति।tvan

      “assamaṇosi tvan”ti.

      “You’re not a monastic anymore!”

1234. 1234

      तंtaṃ उत्तिण्णंut·tiṇ·ṇaṃ गोपालिकाgo·pā·li·kā पस्सित्वाpas·sit·vā एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

      Taṁ uttiṇṇaṁ gopālikā passitvā etadavoca—

      Just then a woman cowherd who had seen him crossing said,

1235. 1235

      “एहि,e·hi भन्ते,bhan·te मेथुनंme·thu·naṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ पटिसेवा”ति।pa·ṭi·se·vā

      “ehi, bhante, methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevā”ti.

      “Come, sir, have sexual intercourse.”

1236. 1236

      सो—“पकतियापाहंso अस्समणो”तिas·sa·ma·ṇo तस्साtas·sā मेथुनंme·thu·naṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ पटिसेवित्वाpa·ṭi·se·vit·vā

      So—“pakatiyāpāhaṁ assamaṇo”ti tassā methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevitvā

      Thinking he was no longer a monastic, he had sexual intercourse with her.

1237. 1237

      कोसम्बिंko·sam·biṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

      kosambiṁ gantvā bhikkhūnaṁ etamatthaṁ ārocesi.

      When he arrived at Kosambī, he told the monks,

1238. 1238

      भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

      Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

      who in turn told the Buddha.

1239. 1239

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अदिन्नादानेa·din·nā·dā·ne पाराजिकस्स;pā·rā·ji·kas·sa

      “Anāpatti, bhikkhave, adinnādāne pārājikassa;

      “There’s no offense entailing expulsion for stealing,

1240. 1240

      आपत्तिā·pat·ti मेथुनधम्मसमायोगेme·thu·na·dham·ma·sa·mā·yo·ge पाराजिकस्सा”ति।pā·rā·ji·kas·sā

      āpatti methunadhammasamāyoge pārājikassā”ti.

      but there’s an offense entailing expulsion for having sexual intercourse.”

1241. 1241

      तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सागलायंsā·ga·lā·yaṃ आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to दळ्हिकस्सda·ḷhi·kas·sa सद्धिविहारिकोsad·dhi·vi·hā·ri·ko भिक्खुbhik·khu अनभिरतियाa·na·bhi·ra·ti·yā पीळितोpī·ḷi·to आपणिकस्सā·pa·ṇi·kas·sa वेठनंve·ṭha·naṃ अवहरित्वाa·va·ha·rit·vā आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ दळ्हिकंda·ḷhi·kaṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

      Tena kho pana samayena sāgalāyaṁ āyasmato daḷhikassa saddhivihāriko bhikkhu anabhiratiyā pīḷito āpaṇikassa veṭhanaṁ avaharitvā āyasmantaṁ daḷhikaṁ etadavoca—

      At that time a monk at Sāgalā who was a student of Venerable Daḷhika was plagued by lust. He stole a turban from a shopkeeper and said to Daḷhika,

1242. 1242

      “अस्समणोas·sa·ma·ṇo अहं,a·haṃ भन्ते,bhan·te विब्भमिस्सामी”ति।vib·bha·mis·sā·mī

      “assamaṇo ahaṁ, bhante, vibbhamissāmī”ti.

      “Sir, I’m not a monastic anymore. I’ll disrobe.”

1243. 1243

      “किंkiṃ तया,ta·yā आवुसो,ā·vu·so कतन्”ति?ka·tan

      “Kiṁ tayā, āvuso, katan”ti?

      “But what have you done?”

1244. 1244

      सोso तमत्थंta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसि।ā·ro·ce·si

      So tamatthaṁ ārocesi.

      He told him.

1245. 1245

      आहरापेत्वाā·ha·rā·pet·vā अग्घापेसि।ag·ghā·pe·si

      Āharāpetvā agghāpesi.

      Venerable Daḷhika had the turban brought and valued.

1246. 1246

      तंtaṃ अग्घापेन्तंag·ghā·pen·taṃ नna पञ्चमासकेpañ·ca·mā·sa·ke अग्घति।ag·gha·ti

      Taṁ agghāpentaṁ na pañcamāsake agghati.

      It was worth less than five <i lang='pi' translate='no'>māsaka</i> coins.

1247. 1247

      “अनापत्ति,a·nā·pat·ti आवुसो,ā·vu·so पाराजिकस्सा”ति।pā·rā·ji·kas·sā

      “Anāpatti, āvuso, pārājikassā”ti.

      Saying, “There’s no offense entailing expulsion,”

1248. 1248

      धम्मकथंdham·ma·ka·thaṃ अकासि।a·kā·si

      Dhammakathaṁ akāsi.

      he gave a teaching.

1249. 1249

      सोso भिक्खुbhik·khu अभिरमतीति।a·bhi·ra·ma·tī·ti

      So bhikkhu abhiramatīti.

      And that monk was delighted.

1250. 1250

      दुतियपाराजिकंdu·ti·ya·pā·rā·ji·kaṃ समत्तं।sa·mat·taṃ

      Dutiyapārājikaṁ samattaṁ.

      The second offense entailing expulsion is finished.

Sources. Sanskrit: Satyavedaḥ, the New Testament in Sanskrit (Calcutta Baptist Missionaries, 1851; J. Wenger’s revision of W. Carey’s version). Digital text © 2018 SanskritBible.in, via eBible.org, licensed CC BY-SA 4.0; changed here: arranged by verse and every word linked to the dictionary (links made automatically). Old Testament Sanskrit: the Old Testament in Sanskrit, Calcutta Baptist Mission Press, 1848–1852 (public domain), read by OCR from the Internet Archive scans of the Boston University School of Theology copy; unproofread, with machine clean-up only. Pāli Canon: Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka Buddhavasse 2500 (based on the Vipassana Research Institute’s Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition), from SuttaCentral bilara-data, CC0; Devanagari and pronunciation made automatically from the Roman text. Pāli English: Bhikkhu Sujato (suttas) and Bhikkhu Brahmali (Vinaya), SuttaCentral, CC0. Pāli word meanings: the Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary (Rhys Davids & Stede), corrected reprint © The Pali Text Society, CC BY-NC 3.0, digital text from BuddhaDust; word matching automatic. English: King James Version (1769), public domain; words the translators added are in italics. Word meanings and pronunciations: Monier-Williams, Sanskrit–English Dictionary (1872), via this site’s Sanskrit dictionary (CC BY-SA 4.0); English↔Sanskrit word matches made automatically and may need checking.